1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* Emit RTL for the GNU C-Compiler expander.
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Copyright (C) 1987, 1988, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998,
|
|
|
|
|
1999, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
This file is part of GCC.
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
|
|
|
|
|
the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
|
|
|
|
|
Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later
|
|
|
|
|
version.
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
|
|
|
|
|
WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
|
|
|
|
|
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License
|
|
|
|
|
for more details.
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
along with GCC; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
|
|
|
|
|
Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
|
|
|
|
|
02111-1307, USA. */
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Middle-to-low level generation of rtx code and insns.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This file contains the functions `gen_rtx', `gen_reg_rtx'
|
|
|
|
|
and `gen_label_rtx' that are the usual ways of creating rtl
|
|
|
|
|
expressions for most purposes.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
It also has the functions for creating insns and linking
|
|
|
|
|
them in the doubly-linked chain.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The patterns of the insns are created by machine-dependent
|
|
|
|
|
routines in insn-emit.c, which is generated automatically from
|
|
|
|
|
the machine description. These routines use `gen_rtx' to make
|
|
|
|
|
the individual rtx's of the pattern; what is machine dependent
|
|
|
|
|
is the kind of rtx's they make and what arguments they use. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#include "config.h"
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
#include "system.h"
|
1999-10-16 06:09:09 +00:00
|
|
|
|
#include "toplev.h"
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
#include "rtl.h"
|
|
|
|
|
#include "tree.h"
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
#include "tm_p.h"
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
#include "flags.h"
|
|
|
|
|
#include "function.h"
|
|
|
|
|
#include "expr.h"
|
|
|
|
|
#include "regs.h"
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
#include "hard-reg-set.h"
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
#include "hashtab.h"
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
#include "insn-config.h"
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
#include "recog.h"
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
#include "real.h"
|
|
|
|
|
#include "obstack.h"
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
#include "bitmap.h"
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
#include "basic-block.h"
|
|
|
|
|
#include "ggc.h"
|
|
|
|
|
#include "debug.h"
|
|
|
|
|
#include "langhooks.h"
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Commonly used modes. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
enum machine_mode byte_mode; /* Mode whose width is BITS_PER_UNIT. */
|
|
|
|
|
enum machine_mode word_mode; /* Mode whose width is BITS_PER_WORD. */
|
|
|
|
|
enum machine_mode double_mode; /* Mode whose width is DOUBLE_TYPE_SIZE. */
|
|
|
|
|
enum machine_mode ptr_mode; /* Mode whose width is POINTER_SIZE. */
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* This is *not* reset after each function. It gives each CODE_LABEL
|
|
|
|
|
in the entire compilation a unique label number. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static int label_num = 1;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Highest label number in current function.
|
|
|
|
|
Zero means use the value of label_num instead.
|
|
|
|
|
This is nonzero only when belatedly compiling an inline function. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static int last_label_num;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Value label_num had when set_new_first_and_last_label_number was called.
|
|
|
|
|
If label_num has not changed since then, last_label_num is valid. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static int base_label_num;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Nonzero means do not generate NOTEs for source line numbers. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static int no_line_numbers;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Commonly used rtx's, so that we only need space for one copy.
|
|
|
|
|
These are initialized once for the entire compilation.
|
|
|
|
|
All of these except perhaps the floating-point CONST_DOUBLEs
|
|
|
|
|
are unique; no other rtx-object will be equal to any of these. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
rtx global_rtl[GR_MAX];
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* We record floating-point CONST_DOUBLEs in each floating-point mode for
|
|
|
|
|
the values of 0, 1, and 2. For the integer entries and VOIDmode, we
|
|
|
|
|
record a copy of const[012]_rtx. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rtx const_tiny_rtx[3][(int) MAX_MACHINE_MODE];
|
|
|
|
|
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
rtx const_true_rtx;
|
|
|
|
|
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
REAL_VALUE_TYPE dconst0;
|
|
|
|
|
REAL_VALUE_TYPE dconst1;
|
|
|
|
|
REAL_VALUE_TYPE dconst2;
|
|
|
|
|
REAL_VALUE_TYPE dconstm1;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* All references to the following fixed hard registers go through
|
|
|
|
|
these unique rtl objects. On machines where the frame-pointer and
|
|
|
|
|
arg-pointer are the same register, they use the same unique object.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
After register allocation, other rtl objects which used to be pseudo-regs
|
|
|
|
|
may be clobbered to refer to the frame-pointer register.
|
|
|
|
|
But references that were originally to the frame-pointer can be
|
|
|
|
|
distinguished from the others because they contain frame_pointer_rtx.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
When to use frame_pointer_rtx and hard_frame_pointer_rtx is a little
|
|
|
|
|
tricky: until register elimination has taken place hard_frame_pointer_rtx
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
should be used if it is being set, and frame_pointer_rtx otherwise. After
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
register elimination hard_frame_pointer_rtx should always be used.
|
|
|
|
|
On machines where the two registers are same (most) then these are the
|
|
|
|
|
same.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In an inline procedure, the stack and frame pointer rtxs may not be
|
|
|
|
|
used for anything else. */
|
|
|
|
|
rtx struct_value_rtx; /* (REG:Pmode STRUCT_VALUE_REGNUM) */
|
|
|
|
|
rtx struct_value_incoming_rtx; /* (REG:Pmode STRUCT_VALUE_INCOMING_REGNUM) */
|
|
|
|
|
rtx static_chain_rtx; /* (REG:Pmode STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM) */
|
|
|
|
|
rtx static_chain_incoming_rtx; /* (REG:Pmode STATIC_CHAIN_INCOMING_REGNUM) */
|
|
|
|
|
rtx pic_offset_table_rtx; /* (REG:Pmode PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM) */
|
|
|
|
|
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* This is used to implement __builtin_return_address for some machines.
|
|
|
|
|
See for instance the MIPS port. */
|
|
|
|
|
rtx return_address_pointer_rtx; /* (REG:Pmode RETURN_ADDRESS_POINTER_REGNUM) */
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* We make one copy of (const_int C) where C is in
|
|
|
|
|
[- MAX_SAVED_CONST_INT, MAX_SAVED_CONST_INT]
|
|
|
|
|
to save space during the compilation and simplify comparisons of
|
|
|
|
|
integers. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
rtx const_int_rtx[MAX_SAVED_CONST_INT * 2 + 1];
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* A hash table storing CONST_INTs whose absolute value is greater
|
|
|
|
|
than MAX_SAVED_CONST_INT. */
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
static htab_t const_int_htab;
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* A hash table storing memory attribute structures. */
|
|
|
|
|
static htab_t mem_attrs_htab;
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* start_sequence and gen_sequence can make a lot of rtx expressions which are
|
|
|
|
|
shortly thrown away. We use two mechanisms to prevent this waste:
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
For sizes up to 5 elements, we keep a SEQUENCE and its associated
|
|
|
|
|
rtvec for use by gen_sequence. One entry for each size is
|
|
|
|
|
sufficient because most cases are calls to gen_sequence followed by
|
|
|
|
|
immediately emitting the SEQUENCE. Reuse is safe since emitting a
|
|
|
|
|
sequence is destructive on the insn in it anyway and hence can't be
|
|
|
|
|
redone.
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
We do not bother to save this cached data over nested function calls.
|
|
|
|
|
Instead, we just reinitialize them. */
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
#define SEQUENCE_RESULT_SIZE 5
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
static rtx sequence_result[SEQUENCE_RESULT_SIZE];
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* During RTL generation, we also keep a list of free INSN rtl codes. */
|
|
|
|
|
static rtx free_insn;
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
#define first_insn (cfun->emit->x_first_insn)
|
|
|
|
|
#define last_insn (cfun->emit->x_last_insn)
|
|
|
|
|
#define cur_insn_uid (cfun->emit->x_cur_insn_uid)
|
|
|
|
|
#define last_linenum (cfun->emit->x_last_linenum)
|
|
|
|
|
#define last_filename (cfun->emit->x_last_filename)
|
|
|
|
|
#define first_label_num (cfun->emit->x_first_label_num)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static rtx make_jump_insn_raw PARAMS ((rtx));
|
|
|
|
|
static rtx make_call_insn_raw PARAMS ((rtx));
|
|
|
|
|
static rtx find_line_note PARAMS ((rtx));
|
|
|
|
|
static void mark_sequence_stack PARAMS ((struct sequence_stack *));
|
|
|
|
|
static rtx change_address_1 PARAMS ((rtx, enum machine_mode, rtx,
|
|
|
|
|
int));
|
|
|
|
|
static void unshare_all_rtl_1 PARAMS ((rtx));
|
|
|
|
|
static void unshare_all_decls PARAMS ((tree));
|
|
|
|
|
static void reset_used_decls PARAMS ((tree));
|
|
|
|
|
static void mark_label_nuses PARAMS ((rtx));
|
|
|
|
|
static hashval_t const_int_htab_hash PARAMS ((const void *));
|
|
|
|
|
static int const_int_htab_eq PARAMS ((const void *,
|
|
|
|
|
const void *));
|
|
|
|
|
static hashval_t mem_attrs_htab_hash PARAMS ((const void *));
|
|
|
|
|
static int mem_attrs_htab_eq PARAMS ((const void *,
|
|
|
|
|
const void *));
|
|
|
|
|
static void mem_attrs_mark PARAMS ((const void *));
|
|
|
|
|
static mem_attrs *get_mem_attrs PARAMS ((HOST_WIDE_INT, tree, rtx,
|
|
|
|
|
rtx, unsigned int,
|
|
|
|
|
enum machine_mode));
|
|
|
|
|
static tree component_ref_for_mem_expr PARAMS ((tree));
|
2002-05-09 20:02:13 +00:00
|
|
|
|
static rtx gen_const_vector_0 PARAMS ((enum machine_mode));
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Probability of the conditional branch currently proceeded by try_split.
|
|
|
|
|
Set to -1 otherwise. */
|
|
|
|
|
int split_branch_probability = -1;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Returns a hash code for X (which is a really a CONST_INT). */
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
static hashval_t
|
|
|
|
|
const_int_htab_hash (x)
|
|
|
|
|
const void *x;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
return (hashval_t) INTVAL ((const struct rtx_def *) x);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* Returns non-zero if the value represented by X (which is really a
|
|
|
|
|
CONST_INT) is the same as that given by Y (which is really a
|
|
|
|
|
HOST_WIDE_INT *). */
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
static int
|
|
|
|
|
const_int_htab_eq (x, y)
|
|
|
|
|
const void *x;
|
|
|
|
|
const void *y;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
return (INTVAL ((const struct rtx_def *) x) == *((const HOST_WIDE_INT *) y));
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* Returns a hash code for X (which is a really a mem_attrs *). */
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
static hashval_t
|
|
|
|
|
mem_attrs_htab_hash (x)
|
|
|
|
|
const void *x;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
mem_attrs *p = (mem_attrs *) x;
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
return (p->alias ^ (p->align * 1000)
|
|
|
|
|
^ ((p->offset ? INTVAL (p->offset) : 0) * 50000)
|
|
|
|
|
^ ((p->size ? INTVAL (p->size) : 0) * 2500000)
|
|
|
|
|
^ (size_t) p->expr);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* Returns non-zero if the value represented by X (which is really a
|
|
|
|
|
mem_attrs *) is the same as that given by Y (which is also really a
|
|
|
|
|
mem_attrs *). */
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
static int
|
|
|
|
|
mem_attrs_htab_eq (x, y)
|
|
|
|
|
const void *x;
|
|
|
|
|
const void *y;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
mem_attrs *p = (mem_attrs *) x;
|
|
|
|
|
mem_attrs *q = (mem_attrs *) y;
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
return (p->alias == q->alias && p->expr == q->expr && p->offset == q->offset
|
|
|
|
|
&& p->size == q->size && p->align == q->align);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* This routine is called when we determine that we need a mem_attrs entry.
|
|
|
|
|
It marks the associated decl and RTL as being used, if present. */
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
|
mem_attrs_mark (x)
|
|
|
|
|
const void *x;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
mem_attrs *p = (mem_attrs *) x;
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
if (p->expr)
|
|
|
|
|
ggc_mark_tree (p->expr);
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
if (p->offset)
|
|
|
|
|
ggc_mark_rtx (p->offset);
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
if (p->size)
|
|
|
|
|
ggc_mark_rtx (p->size);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Allocate a new mem_attrs structure and insert it into the hash table if
|
|
|
|
|
one identical to it is not already in the table. We are doing this for
|
|
|
|
|
MEM of mode MODE. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static mem_attrs *
|
|
|
|
|
get_mem_attrs (alias, expr, offset, size, align, mode)
|
|
|
|
|
HOST_WIDE_INT alias;
|
|
|
|
|
tree expr;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx offset;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx size;
|
|
|
|
|
unsigned int align;
|
|
|
|
|
enum machine_mode mode;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
mem_attrs attrs;
|
|
|
|
|
void **slot;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* If everything is the default, we can just return zero. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (alias == 0 && expr == 0 && offset == 0
|
|
|
|
|
&& (size == 0
|
|
|
|
|
|| (mode != BLKmode && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) == INTVAL (size)))
|
|
|
|
|
&& (align == BITS_PER_UNIT
|
|
|
|
|
|| (STRICT_ALIGNMENT
|
|
|
|
|
&& mode != BLKmode && align == GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode))))
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
attrs.alias = alias;
|
|
|
|
|
attrs.expr = expr;
|
|
|
|
|
attrs.offset = offset;
|
|
|
|
|
attrs.size = size;
|
|
|
|
|
attrs.align = align;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
slot = htab_find_slot (mem_attrs_htab, &attrs, INSERT);
|
|
|
|
|
if (*slot == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
*slot = ggc_alloc (sizeof (mem_attrs));
|
|
|
|
|
memcpy (*slot, &attrs, sizeof (mem_attrs));
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return *slot;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Generate a new REG rtx. Make sure ORIGINAL_REGNO is set properly, and
|
|
|
|
|
don't attempt to share with the various global pieces of rtl (such as
|
|
|
|
|
frame_pointer_rtx). */
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
rtx
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
gen_raw_REG (mode, regno)
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
enum machine_mode mode;
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
int regno;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
rtx x = gen_rtx_raw_REG (mode, regno);
|
|
|
|
|
ORIGINAL_REGNO (x) = regno;
|
|
|
|
|
return x;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* There are some RTL codes that require special attention; the generation
|
|
|
|
|
functions do the raw handling. If you add to this list, modify
|
|
|
|
|
special_rtx in gengenrtl.c as well. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rtx
|
|
|
|
|
gen_rtx_CONST_INT (mode, arg)
|
|
|
|
|
enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
HOST_WIDE_INT arg;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
void **slot;
|
|
|
|
|
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
if (arg >= - MAX_SAVED_CONST_INT && arg <= MAX_SAVED_CONST_INT)
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
return const_int_rtx[arg + MAX_SAVED_CONST_INT];
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#if STORE_FLAG_VALUE != 1 && STORE_FLAG_VALUE != -1
|
|
|
|
|
if (const_true_rtx && arg == STORE_FLAG_VALUE)
|
|
|
|
|
return const_true_rtx;
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* Look up the CONST_INT in the hash table. */
|
|
|
|
|
slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (const_int_htab, &arg,
|
|
|
|
|
(hashval_t) arg, INSERT);
|
|
|
|
|
if (*slot == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
*slot = gen_rtx_raw_CONST_INT (VOIDmode, arg);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return (rtx) *slot;
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-09-01 21:01:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
rtx
|
|
|
|
|
gen_int_mode (c, mode)
|
|
|
|
|
HOST_WIDE_INT c;
|
|
|
|
|
enum machine_mode mode;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
return GEN_INT (trunc_int_for_mode (c, mode));
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* CONST_DOUBLEs needs special handling because their length is known
|
1999-10-16 06:09:09 +00:00
|
|
|
|
only at run-time. */
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
1999-10-16 06:09:09 +00:00
|
|
|
|
rtx
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
gen_rtx_CONST_DOUBLE (mode, arg0, arg1)
|
1999-10-16 06:09:09 +00:00
|
|
|
|
enum machine_mode mode;
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
HOST_WIDE_INT arg0, arg1;
|
1999-10-16 06:09:09 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
rtx r = rtx_alloc (CONST_DOUBLE);
|
|
|
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PUT_MODE (r, mode);
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
X0EXP (r, 0) = NULL_RTX;
|
|
|
|
|
XWINT (r, 1) = arg0;
|
1999-10-16 06:09:09 +00:00
|
|
|
|
XWINT (r, 2) = arg1;
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (CONST_DOUBLE) - 1; i > 2; --i)
|
1999-10-16 06:09:09 +00:00
|
|
|
|
XWINT (r, i) = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return r;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
rtx
|
|
|
|
|
gen_rtx_REG (mode, regno)
|
|
|
|
|
enum machine_mode mode;
|
|
|
|
|
int regno;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* In case the MD file explicitly references the frame pointer, have
|
|
|
|
|
all such references point to the same frame pointer. This is
|
|
|
|
|
used during frame pointer elimination to distinguish the explicit
|
|
|
|
|
references to these registers from pseudos that happened to be
|
|
|
|
|
assigned to them.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If we have eliminated the frame pointer or arg pointer, we will
|
|
|
|
|
be using it as a normal register, for example as a spill
|
|
|
|
|
register. In such cases, we might be accessing it in a mode that
|
|
|
|
|
is not Pmode and therefore cannot use the pre-allocated rtx.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Also don't do this when we are making new REGs in reload, since
|
|
|
|
|
we don't want to get confused with the real pointers. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (mode == Pmode && !reload_in_progress)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (regno == FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM)
|
|
|
|
|
return frame_pointer_rtx;
|
|
|
|
|
#if FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
|
|
|
|
|
if (regno == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM)
|
|
|
|
|
return hard_frame_pointer_rtx;
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
#if FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM != ARG_POINTER_REGNUM && HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM != ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
|
|
|
|
|
if (regno == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM)
|
|
|
|
|
return arg_pointer_rtx;
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef RETURN_ADDRESS_POINTER_REGNUM
|
|
|
|
|
if (regno == RETURN_ADDRESS_POINTER_REGNUM)
|
|
|
|
|
return return_address_pointer_rtx;
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
if (regno == PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM
|
|
|
|
|
&& fixed_regs[PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM])
|
|
|
|
|
return pic_offset_table_rtx;
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
if (regno == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
|
|
|
|
|
return stack_pointer_rtx;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
return gen_raw_REG (mode, regno);
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rtx
|
|
|
|
|
gen_rtx_MEM (mode, addr)
|
|
|
|
|
enum machine_mode mode;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx addr;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
rtx rt = gen_rtx_raw_MEM (mode, addr);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* This field is not cleared by the mere allocation of the rtx, so
|
|
|
|
|
we clear it here. */
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
MEM_ATTRS (rt) = 0;
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return rt;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
rtx
|
|
|
|
|
gen_rtx_SUBREG (mode, reg, offset)
|
|
|
|
|
enum machine_mode mode;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx reg;
|
|
|
|
|
int offset;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* This is the most common failure type.
|
|
|
|
|
Catch it early so we can see who does it. */
|
|
|
|
|
if ((offset % GET_MODE_SIZE (mode)) != 0)
|
|
|
|
|
abort ();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* This check isn't usable right now because combine will
|
|
|
|
|
throw arbitrary crap like a CALL into a SUBREG in
|
|
|
|
|
gen_lowpart_for_combine so we must just eat it. */
|
|
|
|
|
#if 0
|
|
|
|
|
/* Check for this too. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (offset >= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (reg)))
|
|
|
|
|
abort ();
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
return gen_rtx_fmt_ei (SUBREG, mode, reg, offset);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Generate a SUBREG representing the least-significant part of REG if MODE
|
|
|
|
|
is smaller than mode of REG, otherwise paradoxical SUBREG. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rtx
|
|
|
|
|
gen_lowpart_SUBREG (mode, reg)
|
|
|
|
|
enum machine_mode mode;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx reg;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
enum machine_mode inmode;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
inmode = GET_MODE (reg);
|
|
|
|
|
if (inmode == VOIDmode)
|
|
|
|
|
inmode = mode;
|
|
|
|
|
return gen_rtx_SUBREG (mode, reg,
|
|
|
|
|
subreg_lowpart_offset (mode, inmode));
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* rtx gen_rtx (code, mode, [element1, ..., elementn])
|
|
|
|
|
**
|
|
|
|
|
** This routine generates an RTX of the size specified by
|
|
|
|
|
** <code>, which is an RTX code. The RTX structure is initialized
|
|
|
|
|
** from the arguments <element1> through <elementn>, which are
|
|
|
|
|
** interpreted according to the specific RTX type's format. The
|
|
|
|
|
** special machine mode associated with the rtx (if any) is specified
|
|
|
|
|
** in <mode>.
|
|
|
|
|
**
|
|
|
|
|
** gen_rtx can be invoked in a way which resembles the lisp-like
|
|
|
|
|
** rtx it will generate. For example, the following rtx structure:
|
|
|
|
|
**
|
|
|
|
|
** (plus:QI (mem:QI (reg:SI 1))
|
|
|
|
|
** (mem:QI (plusw:SI (reg:SI 2) (reg:SI 3))))
|
|
|
|
|
**
|
|
|
|
|
** ...would be generated by the following C code:
|
|
|
|
|
**
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** gen_rtx (PLUS, QImode,
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
** gen_rtx (MEM, QImode,
|
|
|
|
|
** gen_rtx (REG, SImode, 1)),
|
|
|
|
|
** gen_rtx (MEM, QImode,
|
|
|
|
|
** gen_rtx (PLUS, SImode,
|
|
|
|
|
** gen_rtx (REG, SImode, 2),
|
|
|
|
|
** gen_rtx (REG, SImode, 3)))),
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*VARARGS2*/
|
|
|
|
|
rtx
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
gen_rtx VPARAMS ((enum rtx_code code, enum machine_mode mode, ...))
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
int i; /* Array indices... */
|
|
|
|
|
const char *fmt; /* Current rtx's format... */
|
|
|
|
|
rtx rt_val; /* RTX to return to caller... */
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
VA_OPEN (p, mode);
|
|
|
|
|
VA_FIXEDARG (p, enum rtx_code, code);
|
|
|
|
|
VA_FIXEDARG (p, enum machine_mode, mode);
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
1999-10-16 06:09:09 +00:00
|
|
|
|
switch (code)
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
1999-10-16 06:09:09 +00:00
|
|
|
|
case CONST_INT:
|
|
|
|
|
rt_val = gen_rtx_CONST_INT (mode, va_arg (p, HOST_WIDE_INT));
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case CONST_DOUBLE:
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
HOST_WIDE_INT arg0 = va_arg (p, HOST_WIDE_INT);
|
1999-10-16 06:09:09 +00:00
|
|
|
|
HOST_WIDE_INT arg1 = va_arg (p, HOST_WIDE_INT);
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rt_val = gen_rtx_CONST_DOUBLE (mode, arg0, arg1);
|
1999-10-16 06:09:09 +00:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case REG:
|
|
|
|
|
rt_val = gen_rtx_REG (mode, va_arg (p, int));
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case MEM:
|
|
|
|
|
rt_val = gen_rtx_MEM (mode, va_arg (p, rtx));
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
default:
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
rt_val = rtx_alloc (code); /* Allocate the storage space. */
|
|
|
|
|
rt_val->mode = mode; /* Store the machine mode... */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code); /* Find the right format... */
|
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < GET_RTX_LENGTH (code); i++)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
switch (*fmt++)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
case '0': /* Unused field. */
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case 'i': /* An integer? */
|
|
|
|
|
XINT (rt_val, i) = va_arg (p, int);
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case 'w': /* A wide integer? */
|
|
|
|
|
XWINT (rt_val, i) = va_arg (p, HOST_WIDE_INT);
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case 's': /* A string? */
|
|
|
|
|
XSTR (rt_val, i) = va_arg (p, char *);
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case 'e': /* An expression? */
|
|
|
|
|
case 'u': /* An insn? Same except when printing. */
|
|
|
|
|
XEXP (rt_val, i) = va_arg (p, rtx);
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case 'E': /* An RTX vector? */
|
|
|
|
|
XVEC (rt_val, i) = va_arg (p, rtvec);
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
case 'b': /* A bitmap? */
|
|
|
|
|
XBITMAP (rt_val, i) = va_arg (p, bitmap);
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case 't': /* A tree? */
|
|
|
|
|
XTREE (rt_val, i) = va_arg (p, tree);
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
|
|
|
abort ();
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
1999-10-16 06:09:09 +00:00
|
|
|
|
break;
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
1999-10-16 06:09:09 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
VA_CLOSE (p);
|
1999-10-16 06:09:09 +00:00
|
|
|
|
return rt_val;
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* gen_rtvec (n, [rt1, ..., rtn])
|
|
|
|
|
**
|
|
|
|
|
** This routine creates an rtvec and stores within it the
|
|
|
|
|
** pointers to rtx's which are its arguments.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*VARARGS1*/
|
|
|
|
|
rtvec
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
gen_rtvec VPARAMS ((int n, ...))
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
int i, save_n;
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
rtx *vector;
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
VA_OPEN (p, n);
|
|
|
|
|
VA_FIXEDARG (p, int, n);
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (n == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
return NULL_RTVEC; /* Don't allocate an empty rtvec... */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
vector = (rtx *) alloca (n * sizeof (rtx));
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < n; i++)
|
|
|
|
|
vector[i] = va_arg (p, rtx);
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* The definition of VA_* in K&R C causes `n' to go out of scope. */
|
|
|
|
|
save_n = n;
|
|
|
|
|
VA_CLOSE (p);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return gen_rtvec_v (save_n, vector);
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rtvec
|
|
|
|
|
gen_rtvec_v (n, argp)
|
|
|
|
|
int n;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx *argp;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
|
rtvec rt_val;
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (n == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
return NULL_RTVEC; /* Don't allocate an empty rtvec... */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rt_val = rtvec_alloc (n); /* Allocate an rtvec... */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < n; i++)
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
rt_val->elem[i] = *argp++;
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return rt_val;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Generate a REG rtx for a new pseudo register of mode MODE.
|
|
|
|
|
This pseudo is assigned the next sequential register number. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rtx
|
|
|
|
|
gen_reg_rtx (mode)
|
|
|
|
|
enum machine_mode mode;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
struct function *f = cfun;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx val;
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
1999-10-16 06:09:09 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* Don't let anything called after initial flow analysis create new
|
|
|
|
|
registers. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (no_new_pseudos)
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
abort ();
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
if (generating_concat_p
|
|
|
|
|
&& (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_COMPLEX_FLOAT
|
|
|
|
|
|| GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_COMPLEX_INT))
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* For complex modes, don't make a single pseudo.
|
|
|
|
|
Instead, make a CONCAT of two pseudos.
|
|
|
|
|
This allows noncontiguous allocation of the real and imaginary parts,
|
|
|
|
|
which makes much better code. Besides, allocating DCmode
|
|
|
|
|
pseudos overstrains reload on some machines like the 386. */
|
|
|
|
|
rtx realpart, imagpart;
|
|
|
|
|
int size = GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode);
|
|
|
|
|
enum machine_mode partmode
|
|
|
|
|
= mode_for_size (size * BITS_PER_UNIT,
|
|
|
|
|
(GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_COMPLEX_FLOAT
|
|
|
|
|
? MODE_FLOAT : MODE_INT),
|
|
|
|
|
0);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
realpart = gen_reg_rtx (partmode);
|
|
|
|
|
imagpart = gen_reg_rtx (partmode);
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
return gen_rtx_CONCAT (mode, realpart, imagpart);
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* Make sure regno_pointer_align, regno_decl, and regno_reg_rtx are large
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
enough to have an element for this pseudo reg number. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
if (reg_rtx_no == f->emit->regno_pointer_align_length)
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
int old_size = f->emit->regno_pointer_align_length;
|
|
|
|
|
char *new;
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
rtx *new1;
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
tree *new2;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
new = xrealloc (f->emit->regno_pointer_align, old_size * 2);
|
|
|
|
|
memset (new + old_size, 0, old_size);
|
|
|
|
|
f->emit->regno_pointer_align = (unsigned char *) new;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
new1 = (rtx *) xrealloc (f->emit->x_regno_reg_rtx,
|
|
|
|
|
old_size * 2 * sizeof (rtx));
|
|
|
|
|
memset (new1 + old_size, 0, old_size * sizeof (rtx));
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
regno_reg_rtx = new1;
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
new2 = (tree *) xrealloc (f->emit->regno_decl,
|
|
|
|
|
old_size * 2 * sizeof (tree));
|
|
|
|
|
memset (new2 + old_size, 0, old_size * sizeof (tree));
|
|
|
|
|
f->emit->regno_decl = new2;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
f->emit->regno_pointer_align_length = old_size * 2;
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
val = gen_raw_REG (mode, reg_rtx_no);
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
regno_reg_rtx[reg_rtx_no++] = val;
|
|
|
|
|
return val;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* Identify REG (which may be a CONCAT) as a user register. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
|
mark_user_reg (reg)
|
|
|
|
|
rtx reg;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (GET_CODE (reg) == CONCAT)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
REG_USERVAR_P (XEXP (reg, 0)) = 1;
|
|
|
|
|
REG_USERVAR_P (XEXP (reg, 1)) = 1;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else if (GET_CODE (reg) == REG)
|
|
|
|
|
REG_USERVAR_P (reg) = 1;
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
abort ();
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Identify REG as a probable pointer register and show its alignment
|
|
|
|
|
as ALIGN, if nonzero. */
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
mark_reg_pointer (reg, align)
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
rtx reg;
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
int align;
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
if (! REG_POINTER (reg))
|
1999-10-16 06:09:09 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
REG_POINTER (reg) = 1;
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
1999-10-16 06:09:09 +00:00
|
|
|
|
if (align)
|
|
|
|
|
REGNO_POINTER_ALIGN (REGNO (reg)) = align;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else if (align && align < REGNO_POINTER_ALIGN (REGNO (reg)))
|
|
|
|
|
/* We can no-longer be sure just how aligned this pointer is */
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
REGNO_POINTER_ALIGN (REGNO (reg)) = align;
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Return 1 plus largest pseudo reg number used in the current function. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
int
|
|
|
|
|
max_reg_num ()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
return reg_rtx_no;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Return 1 + the largest label number used so far in the current function. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
int
|
|
|
|
|
max_label_num ()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (last_label_num && label_num == base_label_num)
|
|
|
|
|
return last_label_num;
|
|
|
|
|
return label_num;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Return first label number used in this function (if any were used). */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
int
|
|
|
|
|
get_first_label_num ()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
return first_label_num;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* Return the final regno of X, which is a SUBREG of a hard
|
|
|
|
|
register. */
|
|
|
|
|
int
|
|
|
|
|
subreg_hard_regno (x, check_mode)
|
|
|
|
|
rtx x;
|
|
|
|
|
int check_mode;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (x);
|
|
|
|
|
unsigned int byte_offset, base_regno, final_regno;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx reg = SUBREG_REG (x);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* This is where we attempt to catch illegal subregs
|
|
|
|
|
created by the compiler. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (GET_CODE (x) != SUBREG
|
|
|
|
|
|| GET_CODE (reg) != REG)
|
|
|
|
|
abort ();
|
|
|
|
|
base_regno = REGNO (reg);
|
|
|
|
|
if (base_regno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
|
|
|
|
|
abort ();
|
|
|
|
|
if (check_mode && ! HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (base_regno, GET_MODE (reg)))
|
|
|
|
|
abort ();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Catch non-congruent offsets too. */
|
|
|
|
|
byte_offset = SUBREG_BYTE (x);
|
|
|
|
|
if ((byte_offset % GET_MODE_SIZE (mode)) != 0)
|
|
|
|
|
abort ();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
final_regno = subreg_regno (x);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return final_regno;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* Return a value representing some low-order bits of X, where the number
|
|
|
|
|
of low-order bits is given by MODE. Note that no conversion is done
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
between floating-point and fixed-point values, rather, the bit
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
representation is returned.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This function handles the cases in common between gen_lowpart, below,
|
|
|
|
|
and two variants in cse.c and combine.c. These are the cases that can
|
|
|
|
|
be safely handled at all points in the compilation.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If this is not a case we can handle, return 0. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rtx
|
|
|
|
|
gen_lowpart_common (mode, x)
|
|
|
|
|
enum machine_mode mode;
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
rtx x;
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
int msize = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
|
|
|
|
|
int xsize = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x));
|
|
|
|
|
int offset = 0;
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (GET_MODE (x) == mode)
|
|
|
|
|
return x;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* MODE must occupy no more words than the mode of X. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (GET_MODE (x) != VOIDmode
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
&& ((msize + (UNITS_PER_WORD - 1)) / UNITS_PER_WORD
|
|
|
|
|
> ((xsize + (UNITS_PER_WORD - 1)) / UNITS_PER_WORD)))
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-07-03 23:35:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* Don't allow generating paradoxical FLOAT_MODE subregs. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_FLOAT
|
|
|
|
|
&& GET_MODE (x) != VOIDmode && msize > xsize)
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
offset = subreg_lowpart_offset (mode, GET_MODE (x));
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ((GET_CODE (x) == ZERO_EXTEND || GET_CODE (x) == SIGN_EXTEND)
|
|
|
|
|
&& (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT
|
|
|
|
|
|| GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_PARTIAL_INT))
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* If we are getting the low-order part of something that has been
|
|
|
|
|
sign- or zero-extended, we can either just use the object being
|
|
|
|
|
extended or make a narrower extension. If we want an even smaller
|
|
|
|
|
piece than the size of the object being extended, call ourselves
|
|
|
|
|
recursively.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This case is used mostly by combine and cse. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (GET_MODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == mode)
|
|
|
|
|
return XEXP (x, 0);
|
|
|
|
|
else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) < GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (x, 0))))
|
|
|
|
|
return gen_lowpart_common (mode, XEXP (x, 0));
|
|
|
|
|
else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) < GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x)))
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
return gen_rtx_fmt_e (GET_CODE (x), mode, XEXP (x, 0));
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
else if (GET_CODE (x) == SUBREG || GET_CODE (x) == REG
|
|
|
|
|
|| GET_CODE (x) == CONCAT)
|
|
|
|
|
return simplify_gen_subreg (mode, x, GET_MODE (x), offset);
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* If X is a CONST_INT or a CONST_DOUBLE, extract the appropriate bits
|
|
|
|
|
from the low-order part of the constant. */
|
|
|
|
|
else if ((GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT
|
|
|
|
|
|| GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_PARTIAL_INT)
|
|
|
|
|
&& GET_MODE (x) == VOIDmode
|
|
|
|
|
&& (GET_CODE (x) == CONST_INT || GET_CODE (x) == CONST_DOUBLE))
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* If MODE is twice the host word size, X is already the desired
|
|
|
|
|
representation. Otherwise, if MODE is wider than a word, we can't
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
do this. If MODE is exactly a word, return just one CONST_INT. */
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) >= 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
|
|
|
|
|
return x;
|
|
|
|
|
else if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) > HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
else if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) == HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
|
|
|
|
|
return (GET_CODE (x) == CONST_INT ? x
|
|
|
|
|
: GEN_INT (CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (x)));
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* MODE must be narrower than HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT. */
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
HOST_WIDE_INT val = (GET_CODE (x) == CONST_INT ? INTVAL (x)
|
|
|
|
|
: CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (x));
|
|
|
|
|
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* Sign extend to HOST_WIDE_INT. */
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
val = trunc_int_for_mode (val, mode);
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return (GET_CODE (x) == CONST_INT && INTVAL (x) == val ? x
|
|
|
|
|
: GEN_INT (val));
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
#ifndef REAL_ARITHMETIC
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* If X is an integral constant but we want it in floating-point, it
|
|
|
|
|
must be the case that we have a union of an integer and a floating-point
|
|
|
|
|
value. If the machine-parameters allow it, simulate that union here
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
and return the result. The two-word and single-word cases are
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
different. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
else if (((HOST_FLOAT_FORMAT == TARGET_FLOAT_FORMAT
|
|
|
|
|
&& HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == BITS_PER_WORD)
|
|
|
|
|
|| flag_pretend_float)
|
|
|
|
|
&& GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_FLOAT
|
|
|
|
|
&& GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) == UNITS_PER_WORD
|
|
|
|
|
&& GET_CODE (x) == CONST_INT
|
|
|
|
|
&& sizeof (float) * HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR == HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
union {HOST_WIDE_INT i; float d; } u;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
u.i = INTVAL (x);
|
|
|
|
|
return CONST_DOUBLE_FROM_REAL_VALUE (u.d, mode);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else if (((HOST_FLOAT_FORMAT == TARGET_FLOAT_FORMAT
|
|
|
|
|
&& HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == BITS_PER_WORD)
|
|
|
|
|
|| flag_pretend_float)
|
|
|
|
|
&& GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_FLOAT
|
|
|
|
|
&& GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) == 2 * UNITS_PER_WORD
|
|
|
|
|
&& (GET_CODE (x) == CONST_INT || GET_CODE (x) == CONST_DOUBLE)
|
|
|
|
|
&& GET_MODE (x) == VOIDmode
|
|
|
|
|
&& (sizeof (double) * HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
|
|
|
|
|
== 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT))
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
union {HOST_WIDE_INT i[2]; double d; } u;
|
|
|
|
|
HOST_WIDE_INT low, high;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (GET_CODE (x) == CONST_INT)
|
|
|
|
|
low = INTVAL (x), high = low >> (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT -1);
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
low = CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (x), high = CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (x);
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef HOST_WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
|
|
|
|
|
u.i[0] = high, u.i[1] = low;
|
|
|
|
|
#else
|
|
|
|
|
u.i[0] = low, u.i[1] = high;
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
return CONST_DOUBLE_FROM_REAL_VALUE (u.d, mode);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* Similarly, if this is converting a floating-point value into a
|
|
|
|
|
single-word integer. Only do this is the host and target parameters are
|
|
|
|
|
compatible. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
else if (((HOST_FLOAT_FORMAT == TARGET_FLOAT_FORMAT
|
|
|
|
|
&& HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == BITS_PER_WORD)
|
|
|
|
|
|| flag_pretend_float)
|
|
|
|
|
&& (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT
|
|
|
|
|
|| GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_PARTIAL_INT)
|
|
|
|
|
&& GET_CODE (x) == CONST_DOUBLE
|
|
|
|
|
&& GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (x)) == MODE_FLOAT
|
|
|
|
|
&& GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) == BITS_PER_WORD)
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
return constant_subword (x, (offset / UNITS_PER_WORD), GET_MODE (x));
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Similarly, if this is converting a floating-point value into a
|
|
|
|
|
two-word integer, we can do this one word at a time and make an
|
|
|
|
|
integer. Only do this is the host and target parameters are
|
|
|
|
|
compatible. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
else if (((HOST_FLOAT_FORMAT == TARGET_FLOAT_FORMAT
|
|
|
|
|
&& HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == BITS_PER_WORD)
|
|
|
|
|
|| flag_pretend_float)
|
|
|
|
|
&& (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT
|
|
|
|
|
|| GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_PARTIAL_INT)
|
|
|
|
|
&& GET_CODE (x) == CONST_DOUBLE
|
|
|
|
|
&& GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (x)) == MODE_FLOAT
|
|
|
|
|
&& GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) == 2 * BITS_PER_WORD)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
rtx lowpart, highpart;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
lowpart = constant_subword (x,
|
|
|
|
|
(offset / UNITS_PER_WORD) + WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN,
|
|
|
|
|
GET_MODE (x));
|
|
|
|
|
highpart = constant_subword (x,
|
|
|
|
|
(offset / UNITS_PER_WORD) + (! WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN),
|
|
|
|
|
GET_MODE (x));
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
if (lowpart && GET_CODE (lowpart) == CONST_INT
|
|
|
|
|
&& highpart && GET_CODE (highpart) == CONST_INT)
|
|
|
|
|
return immed_double_const (INTVAL (lowpart), INTVAL (highpart), mode);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
#else /* ifndef REAL_ARITHMETIC */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* When we have a FP emulator, we can handle all conversions between
|
|
|
|
|
FP and integer operands. This simplifies reload because it
|
|
|
|
|
doesn't have to deal with constructs like (subreg:DI
|
|
|
|
|
(const_double:SF ...)) or (subreg:DF (const_int ...)). */
|
|
|
|
|
/* Single-precision floats are always 32-bits and double-precision
|
|
|
|
|
floats are always 64-bits. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
else if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_FLOAT
|
|
|
|
|
&& GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) == 32
|
|
|
|
|
&& GET_CODE (x) == CONST_INT)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
REAL_VALUE_TYPE r;
|
|
|
|
|
HOST_WIDE_INT i;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
i = INTVAL (x);
|
|
|
|
|
r = REAL_VALUE_FROM_TARGET_SINGLE (i);
|
|
|
|
|
return CONST_DOUBLE_FROM_REAL_VALUE (r, mode);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_FLOAT
|
|
|
|
|
&& GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) == 64
|
|
|
|
|
&& (GET_CODE (x) == CONST_INT || GET_CODE (x) == CONST_DOUBLE)
|
|
|
|
|
&& GET_MODE (x) == VOIDmode)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
REAL_VALUE_TYPE r;
|
|
|
|
|
HOST_WIDE_INT i[2];
|
|
|
|
|
HOST_WIDE_INT low, high;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (GET_CODE (x) == CONST_INT)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
low = INTVAL (x);
|
|
|
|
|
high = low >> (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT - 1);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
low = CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (x);
|
|
|
|
|
high = CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (x);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#if HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
|
|
|
|
|
/* REAL_VALUE_TARGET_DOUBLE takes the addressing order of the
|
|
|
|
|
target machine. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
|
|
|
|
|
i[0] = high, i[1] = low;
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
i[0] = low, i[1] = high;
|
|
|
|
|
#else
|
|
|
|
|
i[0] = low;
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
r = REAL_VALUE_FROM_TARGET_DOUBLE (i);
|
|
|
|
|
return CONST_DOUBLE_FROM_REAL_VALUE (r, mode);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else if ((GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT
|
|
|
|
|
|| GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_PARTIAL_INT)
|
|
|
|
|
&& GET_CODE (x) == CONST_DOUBLE
|
|
|
|
|
&& GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (x)) == MODE_FLOAT)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
REAL_VALUE_TYPE r;
|
|
|
|
|
long i[4]; /* Only the low 32 bits of each 'long' are used. */
|
|
|
|
|
int endian = WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN ? 1 : 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Convert 'r' into an array of four 32-bit words in target word
|
|
|
|
|
order. */
|
|
|
|
|
REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (r, x);
|
|
|
|
|
switch (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (x)))
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
case 32:
|
|
|
|
|
REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_SINGLE (r, i[3 * endian]);
|
|
|
|
|
i[1] = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
i[2] = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
i[3 - 3 * endian] = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
case 64:
|
|
|
|
|
REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_DOUBLE (r, i + 2 * endian);
|
|
|
|
|
i[2 - 2 * endian] = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
i[3 - 2 * endian] = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
case 96:
|
|
|
|
|
REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_LONG_DOUBLE (r, i + endian);
|
|
|
|
|
i[3 - 3 * endian] = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
case 128:
|
|
|
|
|
REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_LONG_DOUBLE (r, i);
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
|
|
|
abort ();
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
/* Now, pack the 32-bit elements of the array into a CONST_DOUBLE
|
|
|
|
|
and return it. */
|
|
|
|
|
#if HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
|
|
|
|
|
return immed_double_const (i[3 * endian], i[1 + endian], mode);
|
|
|
|
|
#else
|
|
|
|
|
if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT != 64)
|
|
|
|
|
abort ();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return immed_double_const ((((unsigned long) i[3 * endian])
|
|
|
|
|
| ((HOST_WIDE_INT) i[1 + endian] << 32)),
|
|
|
|
|
(((unsigned long) i[2 - endian])
|
|
|
|
|
| ((HOST_WIDE_INT) i[3 - 3 * endian] << 32)),
|
|
|
|
|
mode);
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
#endif /* ifndef REAL_ARITHMETIC */
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Otherwise, we can't do this. */
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Return the real part (which has mode MODE) of a complex value X.
|
|
|
|
|
This always comes at the low address in memory. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rtx
|
|
|
|
|
gen_realpart (mode, x)
|
|
|
|
|
enum machine_mode mode;
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
rtx x;
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
|
|
|
|
|
&& GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) < BITS_PER_WORD
|
|
|
|
|
&& REG_P (x)
|
|
|
|
|
&& REGNO (x) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
|
|
|
|
|
internal_error
|
|
|
|
|
("can't access real part of complex value in hard register");
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
else if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
|
|
|
|
|
return gen_highpart (mode, x);
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
return gen_lowpart (mode, x);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Return the imaginary part (which has mode MODE) of a complex value X.
|
|
|
|
|
This always comes at the high address in memory. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rtx
|
|
|
|
|
gen_imagpart (mode, x)
|
|
|
|
|
enum machine_mode mode;
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
rtx x;
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
return gen_lowpart (mode, x);
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
else if (! WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
|
1999-10-16 06:09:09 +00:00
|
|
|
|
&& GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) < BITS_PER_WORD
|
|
|
|
|
&& REG_P (x)
|
|
|
|
|
&& REGNO (x) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
internal_error
|
|
|
|
|
("can't access imaginary part of complex value in hard register");
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
return gen_highpart (mode, x);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Return 1 iff X, assumed to be a SUBREG,
|
|
|
|
|
refers to the real part of the complex value in its containing reg.
|
|
|
|
|
Complex values are always stored with the real part in the first word,
|
|
|
|
|
regardless of WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
int
|
|
|
|
|
subreg_realpart_p (x)
|
|
|
|
|
rtx x;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (GET_CODE (x) != SUBREG)
|
|
|
|
|
abort ();
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
return ((unsigned int) SUBREG_BYTE (x)
|
|
|
|
|
< GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (x))));
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Assuming that X is an rtx (e.g., MEM, REG or SUBREG) for a value,
|
|
|
|
|
return an rtx (MEM, SUBREG, or CONST_INT) that refers to the
|
|
|
|
|
least-significant part of X.
|
|
|
|
|
MODE specifies how big a part of X to return;
|
|
|
|
|
it usually should not be larger than a word.
|
|
|
|
|
If X is a MEM whose address is a QUEUED, the value may be so also. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rtx
|
|
|
|
|
gen_lowpart (mode, x)
|
|
|
|
|
enum machine_mode mode;
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
rtx x;
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
rtx result = gen_lowpart_common (mode, x);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (result)
|
|
|
|
|
return result;
|
|
|
|
|
else if (GET_CODE (x) == REG)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* Must be a hard reg that's not valid in MODE. */
|
|
|
|
|
result = gen_lowpart_common (mode, copy_to_reg (x));
|
|
|
|
|
if (result == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
abort ();
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
return result;
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else if (GET_CODE (x) == MEM)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* The only additional case we can do is MEM. */
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
int offset = 0;
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
|
|
|
|
|
offset = (MAX (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x)), UNITS_PER_WORD)
|
|
|
|
|
- MAX (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode), UNITS_PER_WORD));
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
|
|
|
|
|
/* Adjust the address so that the address-after-the-data
|
|
|
|
|
is unchanged. */
|
|
|
|
|
offset -= (MIN (UNITS_PER_WORD, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode))
|
|
|
|
|
- MIN (UNITS_PER_WORD, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x))));
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
return adjust_address (x, mode, offset);
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
else if (GET_CODE (x) == ADDRESSOF)
|
|
|
|
|
return gen_lowpart (mode, force_reg (GET_MODE (x), x));
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
abort ();
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* Like `gen_lowpart', but refer to the most significant part.
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
This is used to access the imaginary part of a complex number. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rtx
|
|
|
|
|
gen_highpart (mode, x)
|
|
|
|
|
enum machine_mode mode;
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
rtx x;
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
unsigned int msize = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
|
|
|
|
|
rtx result;
|
|
|
|
|
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* This case loses if X is a subreg. To catch bugs early,
|
|
|
|
|
complain if an invalid MODE is used even in other cases. */
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
if (msize > UNITS_PER_WORD
|
|
|
|
|
&& msize != GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (GET_MODE (x)))
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
abort ();
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
result = simplify_gen_subreg (mode, x, GET_MODE (x),
|
|
|
|
|
subreg_highpart_offset (mode, GET_MODE (x)));
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* simplify_gen_subreg is not guaranteed to return a valid operand for
|
|
|
|
|
the target if we have a MEM. gen_highpart must return a valid operand,
|
|
|
|
|
emitting code if necessary to do so. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (result != NULL_RTX && GET_CODE (result) == MEM)
|
|
|
|
|
result = validize_mem (result);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (!result)
|
|
|
|
|
abort ();
|
|
|
|
|
return result;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Like gen_highpart_mode, but accept mode of EXP operand in case EXP can
|
|
|
|
|
be VOIDmode constant. */
|
|
|
|
|
rtx
|
|
|
|
|
gen_highpart_mode (outermode, innermode, exp)
|
|
|
|
|
enum machine_mode outermode, innermode;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx exp;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (GET_MODE (exp) != VOIDmode)
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
if (GET_MODE (exp) != innermode)
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
abort ();
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
return gen_highpart (outermode, exp);
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
return simplify_gen_subreg (outermode, exp, innermode,
|
|
|
|
|
subreg_highpart_offset (outermode, innermode));
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
/* Return offset in bytes to get OUTERMODE low part
|
|
|
|
|
of the value in mode INNERMODE stored in memory in target format. */
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
unsigned int
|
|
|
|
|
subreg_lowpart_offset (outermode, innermode)
|
|
|
|
|
enum machine_mode outermode, innermode;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
unsigned int offset = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
int difference = (GET_MODE_SIZE (innermode) - GET_MODE_SIZE (outermode));
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
if (difference > 0)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
offset += (difference / UNITS_PER_WORD) * UNITS_PER_WORD;
|
|
|
|
|
if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
|
|
|
|
|
offset += difference % UNITS_PER_WORD;
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return offset;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Return offset in bytes to get OUTERMODE high part
|
|
|
|
|
of the value in mode INNERMODE stored in memory in target format. */
|
|
|
|
|
unsigned int
|
|
|
|
|
subreg_highpart_offset (outermode, innermode)
|
|
|
|
|
enum machine_mode outermode, innermode;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
unsigned int offset = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
int difference = (GET_MODE_SIZE (innermode) - GET_MODE_SIZE (outermode));
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (GET_MODE_SIZE (innermode) < GET_MODE_SIZE (outermode))
|
|
|
|
|
abort ();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (difference > 0)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (! WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
|
|
|
|
|
offset += (difference / UNITS_PER_WORD) * UNITS_PER_WORD;
|
|
|
|
|
if (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
|
|
|
|
|
offset += difference % UNITS_PER_WORD;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return offset;
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Return 1 iff X, assumed to be a SUBREG,
|
|
|
|
|
refers to the least significant part of its containing reg.
|
|
|
|
|
If X is not a SUBREG, always return 1 (it is its own low part!). */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
int
|
|
|
|
|
subreg_lowpart_p (x)
|
|
|
|
|
rtx x;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (GET_CODE (x) != SUBREG)
|
|
|
|
|
return 1;
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
else if (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (x)) == VOIDmode)
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
return (subreg_lowpart_offset (GET_MODE (x), GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (x)))
|
|
|
|
|
== SUBREG_BYTE (x));
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* Helper routine for all the constant cases of operand_subword.
|
|
|
|
|
Some places invoke this directly. */
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rtx
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
constant_subword (op, offset, mode)
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
rtx op;
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
int offset;
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
enum machine_mode mode;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
int size_ratio = HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / BITS_PER_WORD;
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
HOST_WIDE_INT val;
|
1999-10-16 06:09:09 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* If OP is already an integer word, return it. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT
|
|
|
|
|
&& GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) == UNITS_PER_WORD)
|
|
|
|
|
return op;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef REAL_ARITHMETIC
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* The output is some bits, the width of the target machine's word.
|
|
|
|
|
A wider-word host can surely hold them in a CONST_INT. A narrower-word
|
|
|
|
|
host can't. */
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= BITS_PER_WORD
|
|
|
|
|
&& GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_FLOAT
|
|
|
|
|
&& GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) == 64
|
|
|
|
|
&& GET_CODE (op) == CONST_DOUBLE)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
long k[2];
|
|
|
|
|
REAL_VALUE_TYPE rv;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (rv, op);
|
|
|
|
|
REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_DOUBLE (rv, k);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* We handle 32-bit and >= 64-bit words here. Note that the order in
|
|
|
|
|
which the words are written depends on the word endianness.
|
|
|
|
|
??? This is a potential portability problem and should
|
1999-10-16 06:09:09 +00:00
|
|
|
|
be fixed at some point.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
We must exercise caution with the sign bit. By definition there
|
1999-10-16 06:09:09 +00:00
|
|
|
|
are 32 significant bits in K; there may be more in a HOST_WIDE_INT.
|
|
|
|
|
Consider a host with a 32-bit long and a 64-bit HOST_WIDE_INT.
|
|
|
|
|
So we explicitly mask and sign-extend as necessary. */
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
if (BITS_PER_WORD == 32)
|
1999-10-16 06:09:09 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
val = k[offset];
|
1999-10-16 06:09:09 +00:00
|
|
|
|
val = ((val & 0xffffffff) ^ 0x80000000) - 0x80000000;
|
|
|
|
|
return GEN_INT (val);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
#if HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
else if (BITS_PER_WORD >= 64 && offset == 0)
|
1999-10-16 06:09:09 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
val = k[! WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN];
|
|
|
|
|
val = (((val & 0xffffffff) ^ 0x80000000) - 0x80000000) << 32;
|
|
|
|
|
val |= (HOST_WIDE_INT) k[WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN] & 0xffffffff;
|
|
|
|
|
return GEN_INT (val);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
else if (BITS_PER_WORD == 16)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
val = k[offset >> 1];
|
|
|
|
|
if ((offset & 1) == ! WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
|
1999-10-16 06:09:09 +00:00
|
|
|
|
val >>= 16;
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
val = ((val & 0xffff) ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
|
1999-10-16 06:09:09 +00:00
|
|
|
|
return GEN_INT (val);
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
abort ();
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= BITS_PER_WORD
|
|
|
|
|
&& GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_FLOAT
|
|
|
|
|
&& GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) > 64
|
|
|
|
|
&& GET_CODE (op) == CONST_DOUBLE)
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
long k[4];
|
|
|
|
|
REAL_VALUE_TYPE rv;
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (rv, op);
|
|
|
|
|
REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_LONG_DOUBLE (rv, k);
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
if (BITS_PER_WORD == 32)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
val = k[offset];
|
|
|
|
|
val = ((val & 0xffffffff) ^ 0x80000000) - 0x80000000;
|
|
|
|
|
return GEN_INT (val);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
#if HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64
|
|
|
|
|
else if (BITS_PER_WORD >= 64 && offset <= 1)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
val = k[offset * 2 + ! WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN];
|
|
|
|
|
val = (((val & 0xffffffff) ^ 0x80000000) - 0x80000000) << 32;
|
|
|
|
|
val |= (HOST_WIDE_INT) k[offset * 2 + WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN] & 0xffffffff;
|
|
|
|
|
return GEN_INT (val);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
abort ();
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
#else /* no REAL_ARITHMETIC */
|
|
|
|
|
if (((HOST_FLOAT_FORMAT == TARGET_FLOAT_FORMAT
|
|
|
|
|
&& HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == BITS_PER_WORD)
|
|
|
|
|
|| flag_pretend_float)
|
|
|
|
|
&& GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_FLOAT
|
|
|
|
|
&& GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) == 2 * UNITS_PER_WORD
|
|
|
|
|
&& GET_CODE (op) == CONST_DOUBLE)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* The constant is stored in the host's word-ordering,
|
|
|
|
|
but we want to access it in the target's word-ordering. Some
|
|
|
|
|
compilers don't like a conditional inside macro args, so we have two
|
|
|
|
|
copies of the return. */
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef HOST_WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
return GEN_INT (offset == WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
? CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (op) : CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (op));
|
|
|
|
|
#else
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
return GEN_INT (offset != WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
? CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (op) : CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (op));
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
#endif /* no REAL_ARITHMETIC */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Single word float is a little harder, since single- and double-word
|
|
|
|
|
values often do not have the same high-order bits. We have already
|
|
|
|
|
verified that we want the only defined word of the single-word value. */
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef REAL_ARITHMETIC
|
|
|
|
|
if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_FLOAT
|
|
|
|
|
&& GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) == 32
|
|
|
|
|
&& GET_CODE (op) == CONST_DOUBLE)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
long l;
|
|
|
|
|
REAL_VALUE_TYPE rv;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (rv, op);
|
|
|
|
|
REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_SINGLE (rv, l);
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
1999-10-16 06:09:09 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* Sign extend from known 32-bit value to HOST_WIDE_INT. */
|
|
|
|
|
val = l;
|
|
|
|
|
val = ((val & 0xffffffff) ^ 0x80000000) - 0x80000000;
|
|
|
|
|
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
if (BITS_PER_WORD == 16)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
if ((offset & 1) == ! WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
|
1999-10-16 06:09:09 +00:00
|
|
|
|
val >>= 16;
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
val = ((val & 0xffff) ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
1999-10-16 06:09:09 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return GEN_INT (val);
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
#else
|
|
|
|
|
if (((HOST_FLOAT_FORMAT == TARGET_FLOAT_FORMAT
|
|
|
|
|
&& HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == BITS_PER_WORD)
|
|
|
|
|
|| flag_pretend_float)
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
&& sizeof (float) * 8 == HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
&& GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_FLOAT
|
|
|
|
|
&& GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) == UNITS_PER_WORD
|
|
|
|
|
&& GET_CODE (op) == CONST_DOUBLE)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
double d;
|
|
|
|
|
union {float f; HOST_WIDE_INT i; } u;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (d, op);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
u.f = d;
|
|
|
|
|
return GEN_INT (u.i);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
if (((HOST_FLOAT_FORMAT == TARGET_FLOAT_FORMAT
|
|
|
|
|
&& HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == BITS_PER_WORD)
|
|
|
|
|
|| flag_pretend_float)
|
|
|
|
|
&& sizeof (double) * 8 == HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
|
|
|
|
|
&& GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_FLOAT
|
|
|
|
|
&& GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) == UNITS_PER_WORD
|
|
|
|
|
&& GET_CODE (op) == CONST_DOUBLE)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
double d;
|
|
|
|
|
union {double d; HOST_WIDE_INT i; } u;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (d, op);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
u.d = d;
|
|
|
|
|
return GEN_INT (u.i);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
#endif /* no REAL_ARITHMETIC */
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* The only remaining cases that we can handle are integers.
|
|
|
|
|
Convert to proper endianness now since these cases need it.
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
At this point, offset == 0 means the low-order word.
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
We do not want to handle the case when BITS_PER_WORD <= HOST_BITS_PER_INT
|
|
|
|
|
in general. However, if OP is (const_int 0), we can just return
|
|
|
|
|
it for any word. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (op == const0_rtx)
|
|
|
|
|
return op;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_INT
|
|
|
|
|
|| (GET_CODE (op) != CONST_INT && GET_CODE (op) != CONST_DOUBLE)
|
|
|
|
|
|| BITS_PER_WORD > HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
offset = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) / UNITS_PER_WORD - 1 - offset;
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Find out which word on the host machine this value is in and get
|
|
|
|
|
it from the constant. */
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
val = (offset / size_ratio == 0
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
? (GET_CODE (op) == CONST_INT ? INTVAL (op) : CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (op))
|
|
|
|
|
: (GET_CODE (op) == CONST_INT
|
|
|
|
|
? (INTVAL (op) < 0 ? ~0 : 0) : CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (op)));
|
|
|
|
|
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* Get the value we want into the low bits of val. */
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
if (BITS_PER_WORD < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
val = ((val >> ((offset % size_ratio) * BITS_PER_WORD)));
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
val = trunc_int_for_mode (val, word_mode);
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
return GEN_INT (val);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* Return subword OFFSET of operand OP.
|
|
|
|
|
The word number, OFFSET, is interpreted as the word number starting
|
|
|
|
|
at the low-order address. OFFSET 0 is the low-order word if not
|
|
|
|
|
WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN, otherwise it is the high-order word.
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
If we cannot extract the required word, we return zero. Otherwise,
|
|
|
|
|
an rtx corresponding to the requested word will be returned.
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
VALIDATE_ADDRESS is nonzero if the address should be validated. Before
|
|
|
|
|
reload has completed, a valid address will always be returned. After
|
|
|
|
|
reload, if a valid address cannot be returned, we return zero.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If VALIDATE_ADDRESS is zero, we simply form the required address; validating
|
|
|
|
|
it is the responsibility of the caller.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
MODE is the mode of OP in case it is a CONST_INT.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
??? This is still rather broken for some cases. The problem for the
|
|
|
|
|
moment is that all callers of this thing provide no 'goal mode' to
|
|
|
|
|
tell us to work with. This exists because all callers were written
|
|
|
|
|
in a word based SUBREG world.
|
|
|
|
|
Now use of this function can be deprecated by simplify_subreg in most
|
|
|
|
|
cases.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rtx
|
|
|
|
|
operand_subword (op, offset, validate_address, mode)
|
|
|
|
|
rtx op;
|
|
|
|
|
unsigned int offset;
|
|
|
|
|
int validate_address;
|
|
|
|
|
enum machine_mode mode;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (mode == VOIDmode)
|
|
|
|
|
mode = GET_MODE (op);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (mode == VOIDmode)
|
|
|
|
|
abort ();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* If OP is narrower than a word, fail. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (mode != BLKmode
|
|
|
|
|
&& (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) < UNITS_PER_WORD))
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* If we want a word outside OP, return zero. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (mode != BLKmode
|
|
|
|
|
&& (offset + 1) * UNITS_PER_WORD > GET_MODE_SIZE (mode))
|
|
|
|
|
return const0_rtx;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Form a new MEM at the requested address. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == MEM)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
rtx new = adjust_address_nv (op, word_mode, offset * UNITS_PER_WORD);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (! validate_address)
|
|
|
|
|
return new;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
else if (reload_completed)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (! strict_memory_address_p (word_mode, XEXP (new, 0)))
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
return replace_equiv_address (new, XEXP (new, 0));
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Rest can be handled by simplify_subreg. */
|
|
|
|
|
return simplify_gen_subreg (word_mode, op, mode, (offset * UNITS_PER_WORD));
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Similar to `operand_subword', but never return 0. If we can't extract
|
|
|
|
|
the required subword, put OP into a register and try again. If that fails,
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
abort. We always validate the address in this case.
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
MODE is the mode of OP, in case it is CONST_INT. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rtx
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
operand_subword_force (op, offset, mode)
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
rtx op;
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
unsigned int offset;
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
enum machine_mode mode;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
rtx result = operand_subword (op, offset, 1, mode);
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (result)
|
|
|
|
|
return result;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (mode != BLKmode && mode != VOIDmode)
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* If this is a register which can not be accessed by words, copy it
|
|
|
|
|
to a pseudo register. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == REG)
|
|
|
|
|
op = copy_to_reg (op);
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
op = force_reg (mode, op);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
result = operand_subword (op, offset, 1, mode);
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
if (result == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
abort ();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return result;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Given a compare instruction, swap the operands.
|
|
|
|
|
A test instruction is changed into a compare of 0 against the operand. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
|
reverse_comparison (insn)
|
|
|
|
|
rtx insn;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
rtx body = PATTERN (insn);
|
|
|
|
|
rtx comp;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (GET_CODE (body) == SET)
|
|
|
|
|
comp = SET_SRC (body);
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
comp = SET_SRC (XVECEXP (body, 0, 0));
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (GET_CODE (comp) == COMPARE)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
rtx op0 = XEXP (comp, 0);
|
|
|
|
|
rtx op1 = XEXP (comp, 1);
|
|
|
|
|
XEXP (comp, 0) = op1;
|
|
|
|
|
XEXP (comp, 1) = op0;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
rtx new = gen_rtx_COMPARE (VOIDmode,
|
|
|
|
|
CONST0_RTX (GET_MODE (comp)), comp);
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
if (GET_CODE (body) == SET)
|
|
|
|
|
SET_SRC (body) = new;
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
SET_SRC (XVECEXP (body, 0, 0)) = new;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* Within a MEM_EXPR, we care about either (1) a component ref of a decl,
|
|
|
|
|
or (2) a component ref of something variable. Represent the later with
|
|
|
|
|
a NULL expression. */
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
static tree
|
|
|
|
|
component_ref_for_mem_expr (ref)
|
|
|
|
|
tree ref;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
tree inner = TREE_OPERAND (ref, 0);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (TREE_CODE (inner) == COMPONENT_REF)
|
|
|
|
|
inner = component_ref_for_mem_expr (inner);
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
tree placeholder_ptr = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Now remove any conversions: they don't change what the underlying
|
|
|
|
|
object is. Likewise for SAVE_EXPR. Also handle PLACEHOLDER_EXPR. */
|
|
|
|
|
while (TREE_CODE (inner) == NOP_EXPR || TREE_CODE (inner) == CONVERT_EXPR
|
|
|
|
|
|| TREE_CODE (inner) == NON_LVALUE_EXPR
|
|
|
|
|
|| TREE_CODE (inner) == VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
|
|
|
|
|
|| TREE_CODE (inner) == SAVE_EXPR
|
|
|
|
|
|| TREE_CODE (inner) == PLACEHOLDER_EXPR)
|
|
|
|
|
if (TREE_CODE (inner) == PLACEHOLDER_EXPR)
|
|
|
|
|
inner = find_placeholder (inner, &placeholder_ptr);
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
inner = TREE_OPERAND (inner, 0);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (! DECL_P (inner))
|
|
|
|
|
inner = NULL_TREE;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (inner == TREE_OPERAND (ref, 0))
|
|
|
|
|
return ref;
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
return build (COMPONENT_REF, TREE_TYPE (ref), inner,
|
|
|
|
|
TREE_OPERAND (ref, 1));
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Given REF, a MEM, and T, either the type of X or the expression
|
|
|
|
|
corresponding to REF, set the memory attributes. OBJECTP is nonzero
|
2003-02-10 05:57:03 +00:00
|
|
|
|
if we are making a new object of this type. BITPOS is nonzero if
|
|
|
|
|
there is an offset outstanding on T that will be applied later. */
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void
|
2003-02-10 05:57:03 +00:00
|
|
|
|
set_mem_attributes_minus_bitpos (ref, t, objectp, bitpos)
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
rtx ref;
|
|
|
|
|
tree t;
|
|
|
|
|
int objectp;
|
2003-02-10 05:57:03 +00:00
|
|
|
|
HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos;
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
HOST_WIDE_INT alias = MEM_ALIAS_SET (ref);
|
|
|
|
|
tree expr = MEM_EXPR (ref);
|
|
|
|
|
rtx offset = MEM_OFFSET (ref);
|
|
|
|
|
rtx size = MEM_SIZE (ref);
|
|
|
|
|
unsigned int align = MEM_ALIGN (ref);
|
2003-02-10 05:57:03 +00:00
|
|
|
|
HOST_WIDE_INT apply_bitpos = 0;
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
tree type;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* It can happen that type_for_mode was given a mode for which there
|
|
|
|
|
is no language-level type. In which case it returns NULL, which
|
|
|
|
|
we can see here. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (t == NULL_TREE)
|
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
type = TYPE_P (t) ? t : TREE_TYPE (t);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* If we have already set DECL_RTL = ref, get_alias_set will get the
|
|
|
|
|
wrong answer, as it assumes that DECL_RTL already has the right alias
|
|
|
|
|
info. Callers should not set DECL_RTL until after the call to
|
|
|
|
|
set_mem_attributes. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (DECL_P (t) && ref == DECL_RTL_IF_SET (t))
|
|
|
|
|
abort ();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Get the alias set from the expression or type (perhaps using a
|
|
|
|
|
front-end routine) and use it. */
|
|
|
|
|
alias = get_alias_set (t);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
MEM_VOLATILE_P (ref) = TYPE_VOLATILE (type);
|
|
|
|
|
MEM_IN_STRUCT_P (ref) = AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type);
|
|
|
|
|
RTX_UNCHANGING_P (ref)
|
|
|
|
|
|= ((lang_hooks.honor_readonly
|
|
|
|
|
&& (TYPE_READONLY (type) || TREE_READONLY (t)))
|
|
|
|
|
|| (! TYPE_P (t) && TREE_CONSTANT (t)));
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* If we are making an object of this type, or if this is a DECL, we know
|
|
|
|
|
that it is a scalar if the type is not an aggregate. */
|
|
|
|
|
if ((objectp || DECL_P (t)) && ! AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type))
|
|
|
|
|
MEM_SCALAR_P (ref) = 1;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* We can set the alignment from the type if we are making an object,
|
|
|
|
|
this is an INDIRECT_REF, or if TYPE_ALIGN_OK. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (objectp || TREE_CODE (t) == INDIRECT_REF || TYPE_ALIGN_OK (type))
|
|
|
|
|
align = MAX (align, TYPE_ALIGN (type));
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* If the size is known, we can set that. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (type) && host_integerp (TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (type), 1))
|
|
|
|
|
size = GEN_INT (tree_low_cst (TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (type), 1));
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* If T is not a type, we may be able to deduce some more information about
|
|
|
|
|
the expression. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (! TYPE_P (t))
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
maybe_set_unchanging (ref, t);
|
|
|
|
|
if (TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (t))
|
|
|
|
|
MEM_VOLATILE_P (ref) = 1;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Now remove any conversions: they don't change what the underlying
|
|
|
|
|
object is. Likewise for SAVE_EXPR. */
|
|
|
|
|
while (TREE_CODE (t) == NOP_EXPR || TREE_CODE (t) == CONVERT_EXPR
|
|
|
|
|
|| TREE_CODE (t) == NON_LVALUE_EXPR
|
|
|
|
|
|| TREE_CODE (t) == VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
|
|
|
|
|
|| TREE_CODE (t) == SAVE_EXPR)
|
|
|
|
|
t = TREE_OPERAND (t, 0);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* If this expression can't be addressed (e.g., it contains a reference
|
|
|
|
|
to a non-addressable field), show we don't change its alias set. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (! can_address_p (t))
|
|
|
|
|
MEM_KEEP_ALIAS_SET_P (ref) = 1;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* If this is a decl, set the attributes of the MEM from it. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (DECL_P (t))
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
expr = t;
|
|
|
|
|
offset = const0_rtx;
|
2003-02-10 05:57:03 +00:00
|
|
|
|
apply_bitpos = bitpos;
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
size = (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (t)
|
|
|
|
|
&& host_integerp (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (t), 1)
|
|
|
|
|
? GEN_INT (tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (t), 1)) : 0);
|
|
|
|
|
align = DECL_ALIGN (t);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* If this is a constant, we know the alignment. */
|
|
|
|
|
else if (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (t)) == 'c')
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
align = TYPE_ALIGN (type);
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef CONSTANT_ALIGNMENT
|
|
|
|
|
align = CONSTANT_ALIGNMENT (t, align);
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* If this is a field reference and not a bit-field, record it. */
|
|
|
|
|
/* ??? There is some information that can be gleened from bit-fields,
|
|
|
|
|
such as the word offset in the structure that might be modified.
|
|
|
|
|
But skip it for now. */
|
|
|
|
|
else if (TREE_CODE (t) == COMPONENT_REF
|
|
|
|
|
&& ! DECL_BIT_FIELD (TREE_OPERAND (t, 1)))
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
expr = component_ref_for_mem_expr (t);
|
|
|
|
|
offset = const0_rtx;
|
2003-02-10 05:57:03 +00:00
|
|
|
|
apply_bitpos = bitpos;
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* ??? Any reason the field size would be different than
|
|
|
|
|
the size we got from the type? */
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* If this is an array reference, look for an outer field reference. */
|
|
|
|
|
else if (TREE_CODE (t) == ARRAY_REF)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
tree off_tree = size_zero_node;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
do
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2003-02-10 05:57:03 +00:00
|
|
|
|
tree index = TREE_OPERAND (t, 1);
|
|
|
|
|
tree array = TREE_OPERAND (t, 0);
|
|
|
|
|
tree domain = TYPE_DOMAIN (TREE_TYPE (array));
|
|
|
|
|
tree low_bound = (domain ? TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain) : 0);
|
|
|
|
|
tree unit_size = TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (array)));
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* We assume all arrays have sizes that are a multiple of a byte.
|
|
|
|
|
First subtract the lower bound, if any, in the type of the
|
|
|
|
|
index, then convert to sizetype and multiply by the size of the
|
|
|
|
|
array element. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (low_bound != 0 && ! integer_zerop (low_bound))
|
|
|
|
|
index = fold (build (MINUS_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (index),
|
|
|
|
|
index, low_bound));
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* If the index has a self-referential type, pass it to a
|
|
|
|
|
WITH_RECORD_EXPR; if the component size is, pass our
|
|
|
|
|
component to one. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (! TREE_CONSTANT (index)
|
|
|
|
|
&& contains_placeholder_p (index))
|
|
|
|
|
index = build (WITH_RECORD_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (index), index, t);
|
|
|
|
|
if (! TREE_CONSTANT (unit_size)
|
|
|
|
|
&& contains_placeholder_p (unit_size))
|
|
|
|
|
unit_size = build (WITH_RECORD_EXPR, sizetype,
|
|
|
|
|
unit_size, array);
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
off_tree
|
|
|
|
|
= fold (build (PLUS_EXPR, sizetype,
|
|
|
|
|
fold (build (MULT_EXPR, sizetype,
|
2003-02-10 05:57:03 +00:00
|
|
|
|
index,
|
|
|
|
|
unit_size)),
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
off_tree));
|
|
|
|
|
t = TREE_OPERAND (t, 0);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
while (TREE_CODE (t) == ARRAY_REF);
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-02-10 05:57:03 +00:00
|
|
|
|
if (DECL_P (t))
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
expr = t;
|
|
|
|
|
offset = NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
if (host_integerp (off_tree, 1))
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
HOST_WIDE_INT ioff = tree_low_cst (off_tree, 1);
|
|
|
|
|
HOST_WIDE_INT aoff = (ioff & -ioff) * BITS_PER_UNIT;
|
|
|
|
|
align = DECL_ALIGN (t);
|
|
|
|
|
if (aoff && aoff < align)
|
|
|
|
|
align = aoff;
|
|
|
|
|
offset = GEN_INT (ioff);
|
|
|
|
|
apply_bitpos = bitpos;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else if (TREE_CODE (t) == COMPONENT_REF)
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
expr = component_ref_for_mem_expr (t);
|
|
|
|
|
if (host_integerp (off_tree, 1))
|
2003-02-10 05:57:03 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
offset = GEN_INT (tree_low_cst (off_tree, 1));
|
|
|
|
|
apply_bitpos = bitpos;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* ??? Any reason the field size would be different than
|
|
|
|
|
the size we got from the type? */
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2003-02-10 05:57:03 +00:00
|
|
|
|
else if (flag_argument_noalias > 1
|
|
|
|
|
&& TREE_CODE (t) == INDIRECT_REF
|
|
|
|
|
&& TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (t, 0)) == PARM_DECL)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
expr = t;
|
|
|
|
|
offset = NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* If this is a Fortran indirect argument reference, record the
|
|
|
|
|
parameter decl. */
|
|
|
|
|
else if (flag_argument_noalias > 1
|
|
|
|
|
&& TREE_CODE (t) == INDIRECT_REF
|
|
|
|
|
&& TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (t, 0)) == PARM_DECL)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
expr = t;
|
|
|
|
|
offset = NULL;
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-02-10 05:57:03 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* If we modified OFFSET based on T, then subtract the outstanding
|
|
|
|
|
bit position offset. Similarly, increase the size of the accessed
|
|
|
|
|
object to contain the negative offset. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (apply_bitpos)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
offset = plus_constant (offset, -(apply_bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT));
|
|
|
|
|
if (size)
|
|
|
|
|
size = plus_constant (size, apply_bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* Now set the attributes we computed above. */
|
|
|
|
|
MEM_ATTRS (ref)
|
|
|
|
|
= get_mem_attrs (alias, expr, offset, size, align, GET_MODE (ref));
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* If this is already known to be a scalar or aggregate, we are done. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (MEM_IN_STRUCT_P (ref) || MEM_SCALAR_P (ref))
|
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* If it is a reference into an aggregate, this is part of an aggregate.
|
|
|
|
|
Otherwise we don't know. */
|
|
|
|
|
else if (TREE_CODE (t) == COMPONENT_REF || TREE_CODE (t) == ARRAY_REF
|
|
|
|
|
|| TREE_CODE (t) == ARRAY_RANGE_REF
|
|
|
|
|
|| TREE_CODE (t) == BIT_FIELD_REF)
|
|
|
|
|
MEM_IN_STRUCT_P (ref) = 1;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003-02-10 05:57:03 +00:00
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
|
set_mem_attributes (ref, t, objectp)
|
|
|
|
|
rtx ref;
|
|
|
|
|
tree t;
|
|
|
|
|
int objectp;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
set_mem_attributes_minus_bitpos (ref, t, objectp, 0);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* Set the alias set of MEM to SET. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
|
set_mem_alias_set (mem, set)
|
|
|
|
|
rtx mem;
|
|
|
|
|
HOST_WIDE_INT set;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
|
|
|
|
|
/* If the new and old alias sets don't conflict, something is wrong. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (!alias_sets_conflict_p (set, MEM_ALIAS_SET (mem)))
|
|
|
|
|
abort ();
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
MEM_ATTRS (mem) = get_mem_attrs (set, MEM_EXPR (mem), MEM_OFFSET (mem),
|
|
|
|
|
MEM_SIZE (mem), MEM_ALIGN (mem),
|
|
|
|
|
GET_MODE (mem));
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Set the alignment of MEM to ALIGN bits. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
|
set_mem_align (mem, align)
|
|
|
|
|
rtx mem;
|
|
|
|
|
unsigned int align;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
MEM_ATTRS (mem) = get_mem_attrs (MEM_ALIAS_SET (mem), MEM_EXPR (mem),
|
|
|
|
|
MEM_OFFSET (mem), MEM_SIZE (mem), align,
|
|
|
|
|
GET_MODE (mem));
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Set the expr for MEM to EXPR. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
|
set_mem_expr (mem, expr)
|
|
|
|
|
rtx mem;
|
|
|
|
|
tree expr;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
MEM_ATTRS (mem)
|
|
|
|
|
= get_mem_attrs (MEM_ALIAS_SET (mem), expr, MEM_OFFSET (mem),
|
|
|
|
|
MEM_SIZE (mem), MEM_ALIGN (mem), GET_MODE (mem));
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Set the offset of MEM to OFFSET. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
|
set_mem_offset (mem, offset)
|
|
|
|
|
rtx mem, offset;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
MEM_ATTRS (mem) = get_mem_attrs (MEM_ALIAS_SET (mem), MEM_EXPR (mem),
|
|
|
|
|
offset, MEM_SIZE (mem), MEM_ALIGN (mem),
|
2002-09-17 04:14:38 +00:00
|
|
|
|
GET_MODE (mem));
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Set the size of MEM to SIZE. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
|
set_mem_size (mem, size)
|
|
|
|
|
rtx mem, size;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
MEM_ATTRS (mem) = get_mem_attrs (MEM_ALIAS_SET (mem), MEM_EXPR (mem),
|
|
|
|
|
MEM_OFFSET (mem), size, MEM_ALIGN (mem),
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
GET_MODE (mem));
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Return a memory reference like MEMREF, but with its mode changed to MODE
|
|
|
|
|
and its address changed to ADDR. (VOIDmode means don't change the mode.
|
|
|
|
|
NULL for ADDR means don't change the address.) VALIDATE is nonzero if the
|
|
|
|
|
returned memory location is required to be valid. The memory
|
|
|
|
|
attributes are not changed. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static rtx
|
|
|
|
|
change_address_1 (memref, mode, addr, validate)
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
rtx memref;
|
|
|
|
|
enum machine_mode mode;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx addr;
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
int validate;
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
rtx new;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (GET_CODE (memref) != MEM)
|
|
|
|
|
abort ();
|
|
|
|
|
if (mode == VOIDmode)
|
|
|
|
|
mode = GET_MODE (memref);
|
|
|
|
|
if (addr == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
addr = XEXP (memref, 0);
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
if (validate)
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
if (reload_in_progress || reload_completed)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (! memory_address_p (mode, addr))
|
|
|
|
|
abort ();
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
addr = memory_address (mode, addr);
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
if (rtx_equal_p (addr, XEXP (memref, 0)) && mode == GET_MODE (memref))
|
|
|
|
|
return memref;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
new = gen_rtx_MEM (mode, addr);
|
1999-10-16 06:09:09 +00:00
|
|
|
|
MEM_COPY_ATTRIBUTES (new, memref);
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
return new;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Like change_address_1 with VALIDATE nonzero, but we are not saying in what
|
|
|
|
|
way we are changing MEMREF, so we only preserve the alias set. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rtx
|
|
|
|
|
change_address (memref, mode, addr)
|
|
|
|
|
rtx memref;
|
|
|
|
|
enum machine_mode mode;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx addr;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
rtx new = change_address_1 (memref, mode, addr, 1);
|
|
|
|
|
enum machine_mode mmode = GET_MODE (new);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
MEM_ATTRS (new)
|
|
|
|
|
= get_mem_attrs (MEM_ALIAS_SET (memref), 0, 0,
|
|
|
|
|
mmode == BLKmode ? 0 : GEN_INT (GET_MODE_SIZE (mmode)),
|
|
|
|
|
(mmode == BLKmode ? BITS_PER_UNIT
|
|
|
|
|
: GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mmode)),
|
|
|
|
|
mmode);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return new;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Return a memory reference like MEMREF, but with its mode changed
|
|
|
|
|
to MODE and its address offset by OFFSET bytes. If VALIDATE is
|
|
|
|
|
nonzero, the memory address is forced to be valid.
|
|
|
|
|
If ADJUST is zero, OFFSET is only used to update MEM_ATTRS
|
|
|
|
|
and caller is responsible for adjusting MEMREF base register. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rtx
|
|
|
|
|
adjust_address_1 (memref, mode, offset, validate, adjust)
|
|
|
|
|
rtx memref;
|
|
|
|
|
enum machine_mode mode;
|
|
|
|
|
HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
|
|
|
|
|
int validate, adjust;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
rtx addr = XEXP (memref, 0);
|
|
|
|
|
rtx new;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx memoffset = MEM_OFFSET (memref);
|
|
|
|
|
rtx size = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
unsigned int memalign = MEM_ALIGN (memref);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* ??? Prefer to create garbage instead of creating shared rtl.
|
|
|
|
|
This may happen even if offset is non-zero -- consider
|
|
|
|
|
(plus (plus reg reg) const_int) -- so do this always. */
|
|
|
|
|
addr = copy_rtx (addr);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (adjust)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* If MEMREF is a LO_SUM and the offset is within the alignment of the
|
|
|
|
|
object, we can merge it into the LO_SUM. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (GET_MODE (memref) != BLKmode && GET_CODE (addr) == LO_SUM
|
|
|
|
|
&& offset >= 0
|
|
|
|
|
&& (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) offset
|
|
|
|
|
< GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (GET_MODE (memref)) / BITS_PER_UNIT)
|
|
|
|
|
addr = gen_rtx_LO_SUM (Pmode, XEXP (addr, 0),
|
|
|
|
|
plus_constant (XEXP (addr, 1), offset));
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
addr = plus_constant (addr, offset);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
new = change_address_1 (memref, mode, addr, validate);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Compute the new values of the memory attributes due to this adjustment.
|
|
|
|
|
We add the offsets and update the alignment. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (memoffset)
|
|
|
|
|
memoffset = GEN_INT (offset + INTVAL (memoffset));
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Compute the new alignment by taking the MIN of the alignment and the
|
|
|
|
|
lowest-order set bit in OFFSET, but don't change the alignment if OFFSET
|
|
|
|
|
if zero. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (offset != 0)
|
2002-05-09 20:02:13 +00:00
|
|
|
|
memalign
|
|
|
|
|
= MIN (memalign,
|
|
|
|
|
(unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) (offset & -offset) * BITS_PER_UNIT);
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* We can compute the size in a number of ways. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (GET_MODE (new) != BLKmode)
|
|
|
|
|
size = GEN_INT (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (new)));
|
|
|
|
|
else if (MEM_SIZE (memref))
|
|
|
|
|
size = plus_constant (MEM_SIZE (memref), -offset);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
MEM_ATTRS (new) = get_mem_attrs (MEM_ALIAS_SET (memref), MEM_EXPR (memref),
|
|
|
|
|
memoffset, size, memalign, GET_MODE (new));
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* At some point, we should validate that this offset is within the object,
|
|
|
|
|
if all the appropriate values are known. */
|
|
|
|
|
return new;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Return a memory reference like MEMREF, but with its mode changed
|
|
|
|
|
to MODE and its address changed to ADDR, which is assumed to be
|
|
|
|
|
MEMREF offseted by OFFSET bytes. If VALIDATE is
|
|
|
|
|
nonzero, the memory address is forced to be valid. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rtx
|
|
|
|
|
adjust_automodify_address_1 (memref, mode, addr, offset, validate)
|
|
|
|
|
rtx memref;
|
|
|
|
|
enum machine_mode mode;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx addr;
|
|
|
|
|
HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
|
|
|
|
|
int validate;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
memref = change_address_1 (memref, VOIDmode, addr, validate);
|
|
|
|
|
return adjust_address_1 (memref, mode, offset, validate, 0);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Return a memory reference like MEMREF, but whose address is changed by
|
|
|
|
|
adding OFFSET, an RTX, to it. POW2 is the highest power of two factor
|
|
|
|
|
known to be in OFFSET (possibly 1). */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rtx
|
|
|
|
|
offset_address (memref, offset, pow2)
|
|
|
|
|
rtx memref;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx offset;
|
|
|
|
|
HOST_WIDE_INT pow2;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2002-05-09 20:02:13 +00:00
|
|
|
|
rtx new, addr = XEXP (memref, 0);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
new = simplify_gen_binary (PLUS, Pmode, addr, offset);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* At this point we don't know _why_ the address is invalid. It
|
|
|
|
|
could have secondary memory refereces, multiplies or anything.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
However, if we did go and rearrange things, we can wind up not
|
|
|
|
|
being able to recognize the magic around pic_offset_table_rtx.
|
|
|
|
|
This stuff is fragile, and is yet another example of why it is
|
|
|
|
|
bad to expose PIC machinery too early. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (! memory_address_p (GET_MODE (memref), new)
|
|
|
|
|
&& GET_CODE (addr) == PLUS
|
|
|
|
|
&& XEXP (addr, 0) == pic_offset_table_rtx)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
addr = force_reg (GET_MODE (addr), addr);
|
|
|
|
|
new = simplify_gen_binary (PLUS, Pmode, addr, offset);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
update_temp_slot_address (XEXP (memref, 0), new);
|
|
|
|
|
new = change_address_1 (memref, VOIDmode, new, 1);
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Update the alignment to reflect the offset. Reset the offset, which
|
|
|
|
|
we don't know. */
|
|
|
|
|
MEM_ATTRS (new)
|
|
|
|
|
= get_mem_attrs (MEM_ALIAS_SET (memref), MEM_EXPR (memref), 0, 0,
|
|
|
|
|
MIN (MEM_ALIGN (memref),
|
2002-05-09 20:02:13 +00:00
|
|
|
|
(unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) pow2 * BITS_PER_UNIT),
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
GET_MODE (new));
|
|
|
|
|
return new;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Return a memory reference like MEMREF, but with its address changed to
|
|
|
|
|
ADDR. The caller is asserting that the actual piece of memory pointed
|
|
|
|
|
to is the same, just the form of the address is being changed, such as
|
|
|
|
|
by putting something into a register. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rtx
|
|
|
|
|
replace_equiv_address (memref, addr)
|
|
|
|
|
rtx memref;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx addr;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* change_address_1 copies the memory attribute structure without change
|
|
|
|
|
and that's exactly what we want here. */
|
|
|
|
|
update_temp_slot_address (XEXP (memref, 0), addr);
|
|
|
|
|
return change_address_1 (memref, VOIDmode, addr, 1);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Likewise, but the reference is not required to be valid. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rtx
|
|
|
|
|
replace_equiv_address_nv (memref, addr)
|
|
|
|
|
rtx memref;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx addr;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
return change_address_1 (memref, VOIDmode, addr, 0);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Return a memory reference like MEMREF, but with its mode widened to
|
|
|
|
|
MODE and offset by OFFSET. This would be used by targets that e.g.
|
|
|
|
|
cannot issue QImode memory operations and have to use SImode memory
|
|
|
|
|
operations plus masking logic. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rtx
|
|
|
|
|
widen_memory_access (memref, mode, offset)
|
|
|
|
|
rtx memref;
|
|
|
|
|
enum machine_mode mode;
|
|
|
|
|
HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
rtx new = adjust_address_1 (memref, mode, offset, 1, 1);
|
|
|
|
|
tree expr = MEM_EXPR (new);
|
|
|
|
|
rtx memoffset = MEM_OFFSET (new);
|
|
|
|
|
unsigned int size = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* If we don't know what offset we were at within the expression, then
|
|
|
|
|
we can't know if we've overstepped the bounds. */
|
2002-05-09 20:02:13 +00:00
|
|
|
|
if (! memoffset)
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
expr = NULL_TREE;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
while (expr)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (TREE_CODE (expr) == COMPONENT_REF)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
tree field = TREE_OPERAND (expr, 1);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (! DECL_SIZE_UNIT (field))
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
expr = NULL_TREE;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Is the field at least as large as the access? If so, ok,
|
|
|
|
|
otherwise strip back to the containing structure. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (TREE_CODE (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (field)) == INTEGER_CST
|
|
|
|
|
&& compare_tree_int (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (field), size) >= 0
|
|
|
|
|
&& INTVAL (memoffset) >= 0)
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (! host_integerp (DECL_FIELD_OFFSET (field), 1))
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
expr = NULL_TREE;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
expr = TREE_OPERAND (expr, 0);
|
|
|
|
|
memoffset = (GEN_INT (INTVAL (memoffset)
|
|
|
|
|
+ tree_low_cst (DECL_FIELD_OFFSET (field), 1)
|
|
|
|
|
+ (tree_low_cst (DECL_FIELD_BIT_OFFSET (field), 1)
|
|
|
|
|
/ BITS_PER_UNIT)));
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
/* Similarly for the decl. */
|
|
|
|
|
else if (DECL_P (expr)
|
|
|
|
|
&& DECL_SIZE_UNIT (expr)
|
2002-09-01 21:01:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
&& TREE_CODE (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (expr)) == INTEGER_CST
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
&& compare_tree_int (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (expr), size) >= 0
|
|
|
|
|
&& (! memoffset || INTVAL (memoffset) >= 0))
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* The widened memory access overflows the expression, which means
|
|
|
|
|
that it could alias another expression. Zap it. */
|
|
|
|
|
expr = NULL_TREE;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (! expr)
|
|
|
|
|
memoffset = NULL_RTX;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* The widened memory may alias other stuff, so zap the alias set. */
|
|
|
|
|
/* ??? Maybe use get_alias_set on any remaining expression. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
MEM_ATTRS (new) = get_mem_attrs (0, expr, memoffset, GEN_INT (size),
|
|
|
|
|
MEM_ALIGN (new), mode);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return new;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Return a newly created CODE_LABEL rtx with a unique label number. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rtx
|
|
|
|
|
gen_label_rtx ()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
rtx label;
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
label = gen_rtx_CODE_LABEL (VOIDmode, 0, NULL_RTX,
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
NULL_RTX, label_num++, NULL, NULL);
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LABEL_NUSES (label) = 0;
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
LABEL_ALTERNATE_NAME (label) = NULL;
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
return label;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* For procedure integration. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Install new pointers to the first and last insns in the chain.
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Also, set cur_insn_uid to one higher than the last in use.
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Used for an inline-procedure after copying the insn chain. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
|
set_new_first_and_last_insn (first, last)
|
|
|
|
|
rtx first, last;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
rtx insn;
|
|
|
|
|
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
first_insn = first;
|
|
|
|
|
last_insn = last;
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
cur_insn_uid = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for (insn = first; insn; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
|
|
|
|
|
cur_insn_uid = MAX (cur_insn_uid, INSN_UID (insn));
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
cur_insn_uid++;
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Set the range of label numbers found in the current function.
|
|
|
|
|
This is used when belatedly compiling an inline function. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
|
set_new_first_and_last_label_num (first, last)
|
|
|
|
|
int first, last;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
base_label_num = label_num;
|
|
|
|
|
first_label_num = first;
|
|
|
|
|
last_label_num = last;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Set the last label number found in the current function.
|
|
|
|
|
This is used when belatedly compiling an inline function. */
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
set_new_last_label_num (last)
|
|
|
|
|
int last;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
base_label_num = label_num;
|
|
|
|
|
last_label_num = last;
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* Restore all variables describing the current status from the structure *P.
|
|
|
|
|
This is used after a nested function. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
|
restore_emit_status (p)
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
struct function *p ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
last_label_num = 0;
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
clear_emit_caches ();
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* Clear out all parts of the state in F that can safely be discarded
|
|
|
|
|
after the function has been compiled, to let garbage collection
|
|
|
|
|
reclaim the memory. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
|
free_emit_status (f)
|
|
|
|
|
struct function *f;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
free (f->emit->x_regno_reg_rtx);
|
|
|
|
|
free (f->emit->regno_pointer_align);
|
|
|
|
|
free (f->emit->regno_decl);
|
|
|
|
|
free (f->emit);
|
|
|
|
|
f->emit = NULL;
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* Go through all the RTL insn bodies and copy any invalid shared
|
2001-02-17 08:34:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
structure. This routine should only be called once. */
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void
|
2001-02-17 08:34:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
unshare_all_rtl (fndecl, insn)
|
|
|
|
|
tree fndecl;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx insn;
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
2001-02-17 08:34:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
tree decl;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Make sure that virtual parameters are not shared. */
|
|
|
|
|
for (decl = DECL_ARGUMENTS (fndecl); decl; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl))
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
SET_DECL_RTL (decl, copy_rtx_if_shared (DECL_RTL (decl)));
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2001-02-17 08:34:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* Make sure that virtual stack slots are not shared. */
|
|
|
|
|
unshare_all_decls (DECL_INITIAL (fndecl));
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Unshare just about everything else. */
|
|
|
|
|
unshare_all_rtl_1 (insn);
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* Make sure the addresses of stack slots found outside the insn chain
|
|
|
|
|
(such as, in DECL_RTL of a variable) are not shared
|
|
|
|
|
with the insn chain.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This special care is necessary when the stack slot MEM does not
|
|
|
|
|
actually appear in the insn chain. If it does appear, its address
|
|
|
|
|
is unshared from all else at that point. */
|
2001-02-17 08:34:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
stack_slot_list = copy_rtx_if_shared (stack_slot_list);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* Go through all the RTL insn bodies and copy any invalid shared
|
2001-02-17 08:34:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
structure, again. This is a fairly expensive thing to do so it
|
|
|
|
|
should be done sparingly. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
|
unshare_all_rtl_again (insn)
|
|
|
|
|
rtx insn;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
rtx p;
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
tree decl;
|
|
|
|
|
|
2001-02-17 08:34:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
for (p = insn; p; p = NEXT_INSN (p))
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
if (INSN_P (p))
|
2001-02-17 08:34:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
reset_used_flags (PATTERN (p));
|
|
|
|
|
reset_used_flags (REG_NOTES (p));
|
|
|
|
|
reset_used_flags (LOG_LINKS (p));
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Make sure that virtual stack slots are not shared. */
|
|
|
|
|
reset_used_decls (DECL_INITIAL (cfun->decl));
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Make sure that virtual parameters are not shared. */
|
|
|
|
|
for (decl = DECL_ARGUMENTS (cfun->decl); decl; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl))
|
|
|
|
|
reset_used_flags (DECL_RTL (decl));
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
reset_used_flags (stack_slot_list);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
unshare_all_rtl (cfun->decl, insn);
|
2001-02-17 08:34:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Go through all the RTL insn bodies and copy any invalid shared structure.
|
|
|
|
|
Assumes the mark bits are cleared at entry. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
|
unshare_all_rtl_1 (insn)
|
|
|
|
|
rtx insn;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
for (; insn; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
if (INSN_P (insn))
|
2001-02-17 08:34:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
PATTERN (insn) = copy_rtx_if_shared (PATTERN (insn));
|
|
|
|
|
REG_NOTES (insn) = copy_rtx_if_shared (REG_NOTES (insn));
|
|
|
|
|
LOG_LINKS (insn) = copy_rtx_if_shared (LOG_LINKS (insn));
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Go through all virtual stack slots of a function and copy any
|
|
|
|
|
shared structure. */
|
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
|
unshare_all_decls (blk)
|
|
|
|
|
tree blk;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
tree t;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Copy shared decls. */
|
|
|
|
|
for (t = BLOCK_VARS (blk); t; t = TREE_CHAIN (t))
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
if (DECL_RTL_SET_P (t))
|
|
|
|
|
SET_DECL_RTL (t, copy_rtx_if_shared (DECL_RTL (t)));
|
2001-02-17 08:34:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Now process sub-blocks. */
|
|
|
|
|
for (t = BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (blk); t; t = TREE_CHAIN (t))
|
|
|
|
|
unshare_all_decls (t);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Go through all virtual stack slots of a function and mark them as
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
not shared. */
|
2001-02-17 08:34:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
|
reset_used_decls (blk)
|
|
|
|
|
tree blk;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
tree t;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Mark decls. */
|
|
|
|
|
for (t = BLOCK_VARS (blk); t; t = TREE_CHAIN (t))
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
if (DECL_RTL_SET_P (t))
|
|
|
|
|
reset_used_flags (DECL_RTL (t));
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2001-02-17 08:34:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* Now process sub-blocks. */
|
|
|
|
|
for (t = BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (blk); t; t = TREE_CHAIN (t))
|
|
|
|
|
reset_used_decls (t);
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-05-09 20:02:13 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* Similar to `copy_rtx' except that if MAY_SHARE is present, it is
|
|
|
|
|
placed in the result directly, rather than being copied. MAY_SHARE is
|
|
|
|
|
either a MEM of an EXPR_LIST of MEMs. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rtx
|
|
|
|
|
copy_most_rtx (orig, may_share)
|
|
|
|
|
rtx orig;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx may_share;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
rtx copy;
|
|
|
|
|
int i, j;
|
|
|
|
|
RTX_CODE code;
|
|
|
|
|
const char *format_ptr;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (orig == may_share
|
|
|
|
|
|| (GET_CODE (may_share) == EXPR_LIST
|
|
|
|
|
&& in_expr_list_p (may_share, orig)))
|
|
|
|
|
return orig;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
code = GET_CODE (orig);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
switch (code)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
case REG:
|
|
|
|
|
case QUEUED:
|
|
|
|
|
case CONST_INT:
|
|
|
|
|
case CONST_DOUBLE:
|
|
|
|
|
case CONST_VECTOR:
|
|
|
|
|
case SYMBOL_REF:
|
|
|
|
|
case CODE_LABEL:
|
|
|
|
|
case PC:
|
|
|
|
|
case CC0:
|
|
|
|
|
return orig;
|
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
copy = rtx_alloc (code);
|
|
|
|
|
PUT_MODE (copy, GET_MODE (orig));
|
|
|
|
|
copy->in_struct = orig->in_struct;
|
|
|
|
|
copy->volatil = orig->volatil;
|
|
|
|
|
copy->unchanging = orig->unchanging;
|
|
|
|
|
copy->integrated = orig->integrated;
|
|
|
|
|
copy->frame_related = orig->frame_related;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
format_ptr = GET_RTX_FORMAT (GET_CODE (copy));
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < GET_RTX_LENGTH (GET_CODE (copy)); i++)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
switch (*format_ptr++)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
case 'e':
|
|
|
|
|
XEXP (copy, i) = XEXP (orig, i);
|
|
|
|
|
if (XEXP (orig, i) != NULL && XEXP (orig, i) != may_share)
|
|
|
|
|
XEXP (copy, i) = copy_most_rtx (XEXP (orig, i), may_share);
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case 'u':
|
|
|
|
|
XEXP (copy, i) = XEXP (orig, i);
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case 'E':
|
|
|
|
|
case 'V':
|
|
|
|
|
XVEC (copy, i) = XVEC (orig, i);
|
|
|
|
|
if (XVEC (orig, i) != NULL)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
XVEC (copy, i) = rtvec_alloc (XVECLEN (orig, i));
|
|
|
|
|
for (j = 0; j < XVECLEN (copy, i); j++)
|
|
|
|
|
XVECEXP (copy, i, j)
|
|
|
|
|
= copy_most_rtx (XVECEXP (orig, i, j), may_share);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case 'w':
|
|
|
|
|
XWINT (copy, i) = XWINT (orig, i);
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case 'n':
|
|
|
|
|
case 'i':
|
|
|
|
|
XINT (copy, i) = XINT (orig, i);
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case 't':
|
|
|
|
|
XTREE (copy, i) = XTREE (orig, i);
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case 's':
|
|
|
|
|
case 'S':
|
|
|
|
|
XSTR (copy, i) = XSTR (orig, i);
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case '0':
|
|
|
|
|
/* Copy this through the wide int field; that's safest. */
|
|
|
|
|
X0WINT (copy, i) = X0WINT (orig, i);
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
|
|
|
abort ();
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
return copy;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* Mark ORIG as in use, and return a copy of it if it was already in use.
|
|
|
|
|
Recursively does the same for subexpressions. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rtx
|
|
|
|
|
copy_rtx_if_shared (orig)
|
|
|
|
|
rtx orig;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
rtx x = orig;
|
|
|
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
|
enum rtx_code code;
|
|
|
|
|
const char *format_ptr;
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
int copied = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (x == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
code = GET_CODE (x);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* These types may be freely shared. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
switch (code)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
case REG:
|
|
|
|
|
case QUEUED:
|
|
|
|
|
case CONST_INT:
|
|
|
|
|
case CONST_DOUBLE:
|
2002-05-09 20:02:13 +00:00
|
|
|
|
case CONST_VECTOR:
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
case SYMBOL_REF:
|
|
|
|
|
case CODE_LABEL:
|
|
|
|
|
case PC:
|
|
|
|
|
case CC0:
|
|
|
|
|
case SCRATCH:
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* SCRATCH must be shared because they represent distinct values. */
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
return x;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case CONST:
|
|
|
|
|
/* CONST can be shared if it contains a SYMBOL_REF. If it contains
|
|
|
|
|
a LABEL_REF, it isn't sharable. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == PLUS
|
|
|
|
|
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0)) == SYMBOL_REF
|
|
|
|
|
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 1)) == CONST_INT)
|
|
|
|
|
return x;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case INSN:
|
|
|
|
|
case JUMP_INSN:
|
|
|
|
|
case CALL_INSN:
|
|
|
|
|
case NOTE:
|
|
|
|
|
case BARRIER:
|
|
|
|
|
/* The chain of insns is not being copied. */
|
|
|
|
|
return x;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case MEM:
|
2001-01-03 17:16:04 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* A MEM is allowed to be shared if its address is constant.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
We used to allow sharing of MEMs which referenced
|
2001-01-03 17:16:04 +00:00
|
|
|
|
virtual_stack_vars_rtx or virtual_incoming_args_rtx, but
|
|
|
|
|
that can lose. instantiate_virtual_regs will not unshare
|
|
|
|
|
the MEMs, and combine may change the structure of the address
|
|
|
|
|
because it looks safe and profitable in one context, but
|
|
|
|
|
in some other context it creates unrecognizable RTL. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (CONSTANT_ADDRESS_P (XEXP (x, 0)))
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
return x;
|
|
|
|
|
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* This rtx may not be shared. If it has already been seen,
|
|
|
|
|
replace it with a copy of itself. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (x->used)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
rtx copy;
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
copy = rtx_alloc (code);
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
memcpy (copy, x,
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
(sizeof (*copy) - sizeof (copy->fld)
|
|
|
|
|
+ sizeof (copy->fld[0]) * GET_RTX_LENGTH (code)));
|
|
|
|
|
x = copy;
|
|
|
|
|
copied = 1;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
x->used = 1;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Now scan the subexpressions recursively.
|
|
|
|
|
We can store any replaced subexpressions directly into X
|
|
|
|
|
since we know X is not shared! Any vectors in X
|
|
|
|
|
must be copied if X was copied. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
format_ptr = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < GET_RTX_LENGTH (code); i++)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
switch (*format_ptr++)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
case 'e':
|
|
|
|
|
XEXP (x, i) = copy_rtx_if_shared (XEXP (x, i));
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case 'E':
|
|
|
|
|
if (XVEC (x, i) != NULL)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
int j;
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
int len = XVECLEN (x, i);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (copied && len > 0)
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
XVEC (x, i) = gen_rtvec_v (len, XVEC (x, i)->elem);
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
for (j = 0; j < len; j++)
|
|
|
|
|
XVECEXP (x, i, j) = copy_rtx_if_shared (XVECEXP (x, i, j));
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
return x;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Clear all the USED bits in X to allow copy_rtx_if_shared to be used
|
|
|
|
|
to look for shared sub-parts. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
|
reset_used_flags (x)
|
|
|
|
|
rtx x;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
int i, j;
|
|
|
|
|
enum rtx_code code;
|
|
|
|
|
const char *format_ptr;
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (x == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
code = GET_CODE (x);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* These types may be freely shared so we needn't do any resetting
|
|
|
|
|
for them. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
switch (code)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
case REG:
|
|
|
|
|
case QUEUED:
|
|
|
|
|
case CONST_INT:
|
|
|
|
|
case CONST_DOUBLE:
|
2002-05-09 20:02:13 +00:00
|
|
|
|
case CONST_VECTOR:
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
case SYMBOL_REF:
|
|
|
|
|
case CODE_LABEL:
|
|
|
|
|
case PC:
|
|
|
|
|
case CC0:
|
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case INSN:
|
|
|
|
|
case JUMP_INSN:
|
|
|
|
|
case CALL_INSN:
|
|
|
|
|
case NOTE:
|
|
|
|
|
case LABEL_REF:
|
|
|
|
|
case BARRIER:
|
|
|
|
|
/* The chain of insns is not being copied. */
|
|
|
|
|
return;
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
x->used = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
format_ptr = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code);
|
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < GET_RTX_LENGTH (code); i++)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
switch (*format_ptr++)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
case 'e':
|
|
|
|
|
reset_used_flags (XEXP (x, i));
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case 'E':
|
|
|
|
|
for (j = 0; j < XVECLEN (x, i); j++)
|
|
|
|
|
reset_used_flags (XVECEXP (x, i, j));
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Copy X if necessary so that it won't be altered by changes in OTHER.
|
|
|
|
|
Return X or the rtx for the pseudo reg the value of X was copied into.
|
|
|
|
|
OTHER must be valid as a SET_DEST. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rtx
|
|
|
|
|
make_safe_from (x, other)
|
|
|
|
|
rtx x, other;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
while (1)
|
|
|
|
|
switch (GET_CODE (other))
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
case SUBREG:
|
|
|
|
|
other = SUBREG_REG (other);
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
case STRICT_LOW_PART:
|
|
|
|
|
case SIGN_EXTEND:
|
|
|
|
|
case ZERO_EXTEND:
|
|
|
|
|
other = XEXP (other, 0);
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
|
|
|
goto done;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
done:
|
|
|
|
|
if ((GET_CODE (other) == MEM
|
|
|
|
|
&& ! CONSTANT_P (x)
|
|
|
|
|
&& GET_CODE (x) != REG
|
|
|
|
|
&& GET_CODE (x) != SUBREG)
|
|
|
|
|
|| (GET_CODE (other) == REG
|
|
|
|
|
&& (REGNO (other) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
|
|
|
|
|
|| reg_mentioned_p (other, x))))
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
rtx temp = gen_reg_rtx (GET_MODE (x));
|
|
|
|
|
emit_move_insn (temp, x);
|
|
|
|
|
return temp;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
return x;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Emission of insns (adding them to the doubly-linked list). */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Return the first insn of the current sequence or current function. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rtx
|
|
|
|
|
get_insns ()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
return first_insn;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Return the last insn emitted in current sequence or current function. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rtx
|
|
|
|
|
get_last_insn ()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
return last_insn;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Specify a new insn as the last in the chain. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
|
set_last_insn (insn)
|
|
|
|
|
rtx insn;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (NEXT_INSN (insn) != 0)
|
|
|
|
|
abort ();
|
|
|
|
|
last_insn = insn;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Return the last insn emitted, even if it is in a sequence now pushed. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rtx
|
|
|
|
|
get_last_insn_anywhere ()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct sequence_stack *stack;
|
|
|
|
|
if (last_insn)
|
|
|
|
|
return last_insn;
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
for (stack = seq_stack; stack; stack = stack->next)
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
if (stack->last != 0)
|
|
|
|
|
return stack->last;
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Return a number larger than any instruction's uid in this function. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
int
|
|
|
|
|
get_max_uid ()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
return cur_insn_uid;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Renumber instructions so that no instruction UIDs are wasted. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
|
renumber_insns (stream)
|
|
|
|
|
FILE *stream;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
rtx insn;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* If we're not supposed to renumber instructions, don't. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (!flag_renumber_insns)
|
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* If there aren't that many instructions, then it's not really
|
|
|
|
|
worth renumbering them. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (flag_renumber_insns == 1 && get_max_uid () < 25000)
|
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
cur_insn_uid = 1;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for (insn = get_insns (); insn; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (stream)
|
|
|
|
|
fprintf (stream, "Renumbering insn %d to %d\n",
|
|
|
|
|
INSN_UID (insn), cur_insn_uid);
|
|
|
|
|
INSN_UID (insn) = cur_insn_uid++;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Return the next insn. If it is a SEQUENCE, return the first insn
|
|
|
|
|
of the sequence. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rtx
|
|
|
|
|
next_insn (insn)
|
|
|
|
|
rtx insn;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (insn)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
insn = NEXT_INSN (insn);
|
|
|
|
|
if (insn && GET_CODE (insn) == INSN
|
|
|
|
|
&& GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SEQUENCE)
|
|
|
|
|
insn = XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, 0);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return insn;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Return the previous insn. If it is a SEQUENCE, return the last insn
|
|
|
|
|
of the sequence. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rtx
|
|
|
|
|
previous_insn (insn)
|
|
|
|
|
rtx insn;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (insn)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
insn = PREV_INSN (insn);
|
|
|
|
|
if (insn && GET_CODE (insn) == INSN
|
|
|
|
|
&& GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SEQUENCE)
|
|
|
|
|
insn = XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn), 0) - 1);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return insn;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Return the next insn after INSN that is not a NOTE. This routine does not
|
|
|
|
|
look inside SEQUENCEs. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rtx
|
|
|
|
|
next_nonnote_insn (insn)
|
|
|
|
|
rtx insn;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
while (insn)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
insn = NEXT_INSN (insn);
|
|
|
|
|
if (insn == 0 || GET_CODE (insn) != NOTE)
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return insn;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Return the previous insn before INSN that is not a NOTE. This routine does
|
|
|
|
|
not look inside SEQUENCEs. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rtx
|
|
|
|
|
prev_nonnote_insn (insn)
|
|
|
|
|
rtx insn;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
while (insn)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
insn = PREV_INSN (insn);
|
|
|
|
|
if (insn == 0 || GET_CODE (insn) != NOTE)
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return insn;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Return the next INSN, CALL_INSN or JUMP_INSN after INSN;
|
|
|
|
|
or 0, if there is none. This routine does not look inside
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
SEQUENCEs. */
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rtx
|
|
|
|
|
next_real_insn (insn)
|
|
|
|
|
rtx insn;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
while (insn)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
insn = NEXT_INSN (insn);
|
|
|
|
|
if (insn == 0 || GET_CODE (insn) == INSN
|
|
|
|
|
|| GET_CODE (insn) == CALL_INSN || GET_CODE (insn) == JUMP_INSN)
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return insn;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Return the last INSN, CALL_INSN or JUMP_INSN before INSN;
|
|
|
|
|
or 0, if there is none. This routine does not look inside
|
|
|
|
|
SEQUENCEs. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rtx
|
|
|
|
|
prev_real_insn (insn)
|
|
|
|
|
rtx insn;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
while (insn)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
insn = PREV_INSN (insn);
|
|
|
|
|
if (insn == 0 || GET_CODE (insn) == INSN || GET_CODE (insn) == CALL_INSN
|
|
|
|
|
|| GET_CODE (insn) == JUMP_INSN)
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return insn;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Find the next insn after INSN that really does something. This routine
|
|
|
|
|
does not look inside SEQUENCEs. Until reload has completed, this is the
|
|
|
|
|
same as next_real_insn. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
int
|
|
|
|
|
active_insn_p (insn)
|
|
|
|
|
rtx insn;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
return (GET_CODE (insn) == CALL_INSN || GET_CODE (insn) == JUMP_INSN
|
|
|
|
|
|| (GET_CODE (insn) == INSN
|
|
|
|
|
&& (! reload_completed
|
|
|
|
|
|| (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) != USE
|
|
|
|
|
&& GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) != CLOBBER))));
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
rtx
|
|
|
|
|
next_active_insn (insn)
|
|
|
|
|
rtx insn;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
while (insn)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
insn = NEXT_INSN (insn);
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
if (insn == 0 || active_insn_p (insn))
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return insn;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Find the last insn before INSN that really does something. This routine
|
|
|
|
|
does not look inside SEQUENCEs. Until reload has completed, this is the
|
|
|
|
|
same as prev_real_insn. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rtx
|
|
|
|
|
prev_active_insn (insn)
|
|
|
|
|
rtx insn;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
while (insn)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
insn = PREV_INSN (insn);
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
if (insn == 0 || active_insn_p (insn))
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return insn;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Return the next CODE_LABEL after the insn INSN, or 0 if there is none. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rtx
|
|
|
|
|
next_label (insn)
|
|
|
|
|
rtx insn;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
while (insn)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
insn = NEXT_INSN (insn);
|
|
|
|
|
if (insn == 0 || GET_CODE (insn) == CODE_LABEL)
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return insn;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Return the last CODE_LABEL before the insn INSN, or 0 if there is none. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rtx
|
|
|
|
|
prev_label (insn)
|
|
|
|
|
rtx insn;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
while (insn)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
insn = PREV_INSN (insn);
|
|
|
|
|
if (insn == 0 || GET_CODE (insn) == CODE_LABEL)
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return insn;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef HAVE_cc0
|
|
|
|
|
/* INSN uses CC0 and is being moved into a delay slot. Set up REG_CC_SETTER
|
|
|
|
|
and REG_CC_USER notes so we can find it. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
|
link_cc0_insns (insn)
|
|
|
|
|
rtx insn;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
rtx user = next_nonnote_insn (insn);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (GET_CODE (user) == INSN && GET_CODE (PATTERN (user)) == SEQUENCE)
|
|
|
|
|
user = XVECEXP (PATTERN (user), 0, 0);
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
REG_NOTES (user) = gen_rtx_INSN_LIST (REG_CC_SETTER, insn,
|
|
|
|
|
REG_NOTES (user));
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
REG_NOTES (insn) = gen_rtx_INSN_LIST (REG_CC_USER, user, REG_NOTES (insn));
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Return the next insn that uses CC0 after INSN, which is assumed to
|
|
|
|
|
set it. This is the inverse of prev_cc0_setter (i.e., prev_cc0_setter
|
|
|
|
|
applied to the result of this function should yield INSN).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Normally, this is simply the next insn. However, if a REG_CC_USER note
|
|
|
|
|
is present, it contains the insn that uses CC0.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Return 0 if we can't find the insn. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rtx
|
|
|
|
|
next_cc0_user (insn)
|
|
|
|
|
rtx insn;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
rtx note = find_reg_note (insn, REG_CC_USER, NULL_RTX);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (note)
|
|
|
|
|
return XEXP (note, 0);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
insn = next_nonnote_insn (insn);
|
|
|
|
|
if (insn && GET_CODE (insn) == INSN && GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SEQUENCE)
|
|
|
|
|
insn = XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, 0);
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
if (insn && INSN_P (insn) && reg_mentioned_p (cc0_rtx, PATTERN (insn)))
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
return insn;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Find the insn that set CC0 for INSN. Unless INSN has a REG_CC_SETTER
|
|
|
|
|
note, it is the previous insn. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rtx
|
|
|
|
|
prev_cc0_setter (insn)
|
|
|
|
|
rtx insn;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
rtx note = find_reg_note (insn, REG_CC_SETTER, NULL_RTX);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (note)
|
|
|
|
|
return XEXP (note, 0);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
insn = prev_nonnote_insn (insn);
|
|
|
|
|
if (! sets_cc0_p (PATTERN (insn)))
|
|
|
|
|
abort ();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return insn;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Increment the label uses for all labels present in rtx. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
|
mark_label_nuses(x)
|
|
|
|
|
rtx x;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
enum rtx_code code;
|
|
|
|
|
int i, j;
|
|
|
|
|
const char *fmt;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
code = GET_CODE (x);
|
|
|
|
|
if (code == LABEL_REF)
|
|
|
|
|
LABEL_NUSES (XEXP (x, 0))++;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code);
|
|
|
|
|
for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (fmt[i] == 'e')
|
|
|
|
|
mark_label_nuses (XEXP (x, i));
|
|
|
|
|
else if (fmt[i] == 'E')
|
|
|
|
|
for (j = XVECLEN (x, i) - 1; j >= 0; j--)
|
|
|
|
|
mark_label_nuses (XVECEXP (x, i, j));
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Try splitting insns that can be split for better scheduling.
|
|
|
|
|
PAT is the pattern which might split.
|
|
|
|
|
TRIAL is the insn providing PAT.
|
|
|
|
|
LAST is non-zero if we should return the last insn of the sequence produced.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If this routine succeeds in splitting, it returns the first or last
|
|
|
|
|
replacement insn depending on the value of LAST. Otherwise, it
|
|
|
|
|
returns TRIAL. If the insn to be returned can be split, it will be. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rtx
|
|
|
|
|
try_split (pat, trial, last)
|
|
|
|
|
rtx pat, trial;
|
|
|
|
|
int last;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
rtx before = PREV_INSN (trial);
|
|
|
|
|
rtx after = NEXT_INSN (trial);
|
|
|
|
|
int has_barrier = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx tem;
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
rtx note, seq;
|
|
|
|
|
int probability;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (any_condjump_p (trial)
|
|
|
|
|
&& (note = find_reg_note (trial, REG_BR_PROB, 0)))
|
|
|
|
|
split_branch_probability = INTVAL (XEXP (note, 0));
|
|
|
|
|
probability = split_branch_probability;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
seq = split_insns (pat, trial);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
split_branch_probability = -1;
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* If we are splitting a JUMP_INSN, it might be followed by a BARRIER.
|
|
|
|
|
We may need to handle this specially. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (after && GET_CODE (after) == BARRIER)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
has_barrier = 1;
|
|
|
|
|
after = NEXT_INSN (after);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (seq)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* SEQ can either be a SEQUENCE or the pattern of a single insn.
|
|
|
|
|
The latter case will normally arise only when being done so that
|
|
|
|
|
it, in turn, will be split (SFmode on the 29k is an example). */
|
|
|
|
|
if (GET_CODE (seq) == SEQUENCE)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
int i, njumps = 0;
|
2001-01-03 17:16:04 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* Avoid infinite loop if any insn of the result matches
|
2001-01-03 17:16:04 +00:00
|
|
|
|
the original pattern. */
|
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < XVECLEN (seq, 0); i++)
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (seq, 0, i)) == INSN
|
2001-01-03 17:16:04 +00:00
|
|
|
|
&& rtx_equal_p (PATTERN (XVECEXP (seq, 0, i)), pat))
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
return trial;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Mark labels. */
|
|
|
|
|
for (i = XVECLEN (seq, 0) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
|
|
|
|
|
if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (seq, 0, i)) == JUMP_INSN)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
rtx insn = XVECEXP (seq, 0, i);
|
|
|
|
|
mark_jump_label (PATTERN (insn),
|
|
|
|
|
XVECEXP (seq, 0, i), 0);
|
|
|
|
|
njumps++;
|
|
|
|
|
if (probability != -1
|
|
|
|
|
&& any_condjump_p (insn)
|
|
|
|
|
&& !find_reg_note (insn, REG_BR_PROB, 0))
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* We can preserve the REG_BR_PROB notes only if exactly
|
|
|
|
|
one jump is created, otherwise the machine description
|
|
|
|
|
is responsible for this step using
|
|
|
|
|
split_branch_probability variable. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (njumps != 1)
|
|
|
|
|
abort ();
|
|
|
|
|
REG_NOTES (insn)
|
|
|
|
|
= gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (REG_BR_PROB,
|
|
|
|
|
GEN_INT (probability),
|
|
|
|
|
REG_NOTES (insn));
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* If we are splitting a CALL_INSN, look for the CALL_INSN
|
|
|
|
|
in SEQ and copy our CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE to it. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (GET_CODE (trial) == CALL_INSN)
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
for (i = XVECLEN (seq, 0) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (seq, 0, i)) == CALL_INSN)
|
|
|
|
|
CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE (XVECEXP (seq, 0, i))
|
|
|
|
|
= CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE (trial);
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* Copy notes, particularly those related to the CFG. */
|
|
|
|
|
for (note = REG_NOTES (trial); note ; note = XEXP (note, 1))
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
switch (REG_NOTE_KIND (note))
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
case REG_EH_REGION:
|
|
|
|
|
for (i = XVECLEN (seq, 0) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
rtx insn = XVECEXP (seq, 0, i);
|
|
|
|
|
if (GET_CODE (insn) == CALL_INSN
|
|
|
|
|
|| (flag_non_call_exceptions
|
|
|
|
|
&& may_trap_p (PATTERN (insn))))
|
|
|
|
|
REG_NOTES (insn)
|
|
|
|
|
= gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (REG_EH_REGION,
|
|
|
|
|
XEXP (note, 0),
|
|
|
|
|
REG_NOTES (insn));
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case REG_NORETURN:
|
|
|
|
|
case REG_SETJMP:
|
|
|
|
|
case REG_ALWAYS_RETURN:
|
|
|
|
|
for (i = XVECLEN (seq, 0) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
rtx insn = XVECEXP (seq, 0, i);
|
|
|
|
|
if (GET_CODE (insn) == CALL_INSN)
|
|
|
|
|
REG_NOTES (insn)
|
|
|
|
|
= gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (REG_NOTE_KIND (note),
|
|
|
|
|
XEXP (note, 0),
|
|
|
|
|
REG_NOTES (insn));
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case REG_NON_LOCAL_GOTO:
|
|
|
|
|
for (i = XVECLEN (seq, 0) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
rtx insn = XVECEXP (seq, 0, i);
|
|
|
|
|
if (GET_CODE (insn) == JUMP_INSN)
|
|
|
|
|
REG_NOTES (insn)
|
|
|
|
|
= gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (REG_NOTE_KIND (note),
|
|
|
|
|
XEXP (note, 0),
|
|
|
|
|
REG_NOTES (insn));
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* If there are LABELS inside the split insns increment the
|
|
|
|
|
usage count so we don't delete the label. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (GET_CODE (trial) == INSN)
|
|
|
|
|
for (i = XVECLEN (seq, 0) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
|
|
|
|
|
if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (seq, 0, i)) == INSN)
|
|
|
|
|
mark_label_nuses (PATTERN (XVECEXP (seq, 0, i)));
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
tem = emit_insn_after (seq, trial);
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
delete_related_insns (trial);
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
if (has_barrier)
|
|
|
|
|
emit_barrier_after (tem);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Recursively call try_split for each new insn created; by the
|
|
|
|
|
time control returns here that insn will be fully split, so
|
|
|
|
|
set LAST and continue from the insn after the one returned.
|
|
|
|
|
We can't use next_active_insn here since AFTER may be a note.
|
|
|
|
|
Ignore deleted insns, which can be occur if not optimizing. */
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
for (tem = NEXT_INSN (before); tem != after; tem = NEXT_INSN (tem))
|
|
|
|
|
if (! INSN_DELETED_P (tem) && INSN_P (tem))
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
tem = try_split (PATTERN (tem), tem, 1);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
/* Avoid infinite loop if the result matches the original pattern. */
|
|
|
|
|
else if (rtx_equal_p (seq, pat))
|
|
|
|
|
return trial;
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
PATTERN (trial) = seq;
|
|
|
|
|
INSN_CODE (trial) = -1;
|
|
|
|
|
try_split (seq, trial, last);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Return either the first or the last insn, depending on which was
|
|
|
|
|
requested. */
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
return last
|
|
|
|
|
? (after ? PREV_INSN (after) : last_insn)
|
|
|
|
|
: NEXT_INSN (before);
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return trial;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Make and return an INSN rtx, initializing all its slots.
|
|
|
|
|
Store PATTERN in the pattern slots. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rtx
|
|
|
|
|
make_insn_raw (pattern)
|
|
|
|
|
rtx pattern;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
rtx insn;
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
insn = rtx_alloc (INSN);
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
INSN_UID (insn) = cur_insn_uid++;
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
PATTERN (insn) = pattern;
|
|
|
|
|
INSN_CODE (insn) = -1;
|
|
|
|
|
LOG_LINKS (insn) = NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
REG_NOTES (insn) = NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
#ifdef ENABLE_RTL_CHECKING
|
|
|
|
|
if (insn
|
|
|
|
|
&& INSN_P (insn)
|
|
|
|
|
&& (returnjump_p (insn)
|
|
|
|
|
|| (GET_CODE (insn) == SET
|
|
|
|
|
&& SET_DEST (insn) == pc_rtx)))
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
warning ("ICE: emit_insn used where emit_jump_insn needed:\n");
|
|
|
|
|
debug_rtx (insn);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
return insn;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Like `make_insn' but make a JUMP_INSN instead of an insn. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static rtx
|
|
|
|
|
make_jump_insn_raw (pattern)
|
|
|
|
|
rtx pattern;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
rtx insn;
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
insn = rtx_alloc (JUMP_INSN);
|
|
|
|
|
INSN_UID (insn) = cur_insn_uid++;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PATTERN (insn) = pattern;
|
|
|
|
|
INSN_CODE (insn) = -1;
|
|
|
|
|
LOG_LINKS (insn) = NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
REG_NOTES (insn) = NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
JUMP_LABEL (insn) = NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return insn;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Like `make_insn' but make a CALL_INSN instead of an insn. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static rtx
|
|
|
|
|
make_call_insn_raw (pattern)
|
|
|
|
|
rtx pattern;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
rtx insn;
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
insn = rtx_alloc (CALL_INSN);
|
|
|
|
|
INSN_UID (insn) = cur_insn_uid++;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PATTERN (insn) = pattern;
|
|
|
|
|
INSN_CODE (insn) = -1;
|
|
|
|
|
LOG_LINKS (insn) = NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
REG_NOTES (insn) = NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE (insn) = NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return insn;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Add INSN to the end of the doubly-linked list.
|
|
|
|
|
INSN may be an INSN, JUMP_INSN, CALL_INSN, CODE_LABEL, BARRIER or NOTE. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
|
add_insn (insn)
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
rtx insn;
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
PREV_INSN (insn) = last_insn;
|
|
|
|
|
NEXT_INSN (insn) = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (NULL != last_insn)
|
|
|
|
|
NEXT_INSN (last_insn) = insn;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (NULL == first_insn)
|
|
|
|
|
first_insn = insn;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
last_insn = insn;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Add INSN into the doubly-linked list after insn AFTER. This and
|
|
|
|
|
the next should be the only functions called to insert an insn once
|
|
|
|
|
delay slots have been filled since only they know how to update a
|
|
|
|
|
SEQUENCE. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
|
add_insn_after (insn, after)
|
|
|
|
|
rtx insn, after;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
rtx next = NEXT_INSN (after);
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
basic_block bb;
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (optimize && INSN_DELETED_P (after))
|
|
|
|
|
abort ();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NEXT_INSN (insn) = next;
|
|
|
|
|
PREV_INSN (insn) = after;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (next)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
PREV_INSN (next) = insn;
|
|
|
|
|
if (GET_CODE (next) == INSN && GET_CODE (PATTERN (next)) == SEQUENCE)
|
|
|
|
|
PREV_INSN (XVECEXP (PATTERN (next), 0, 0)) = insn;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else if (last_insn == after)
|
|
|
|
|
last_insn = insn;
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
struct sequence_stack *stack = seq_stack;
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* Scan all pending sequences too. */
|
|
|
|
|
for (; stack; stack = stack->next)
|
|
|
|
|
if (after == stack->last)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
stack->last = insn;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (stack == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
abort ();
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
if (basic_block_for_insn
|
2002-05-09 20:02:13 +00:00
|
|
|
|
&& (unsigned int) INSN_UID (after) < basic_block_for_insn->num_elements
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
&& (bb = BLOCK_FOR_INSN (after)))
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
set_block_for_insn (insn, bb);
|
|
|
|
|
/* Should not happen as first in the BB is always
|
|
|
|
|
either NOTE or LABEL. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (bb->end == after
|
|
|
|
|
/* Avoid clobbering of structure when creating new BB. */
|
|
|
|
|
&& GET_CODE (insn) != BARRIER
|
|
|
|
|
&& (GET_CODE (insn) != NOTE
|
|
|
|
|
|| NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn) != NOTE_INSN_BASIC_BLOCK))
|
|
|
|
|
bb->end = insn;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
NEXT_INSN (after) = insn;
|
|
|
|
|
if (GET_CODE (after) == INSN && GET_CODE (PATTERN (after)) == SEQUENCE)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
rtx sequence = PATTERN (after);
|
|
|
|
|
NEXT_INSN (XVECEXP (sequence, 0, XVECLEN (sequence, 0) - 1)) = insn;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Add INSN into the doubly-linked list before insn BEFORE. This and
|
|
|
|
|
the previous should be the only functions called to insert an insn once
|
|
|
|
|
delay slots have been filled since only they know how to update a
|
|
|
|
|
SEQUENCE. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
|
add_insn_before (insn, before)
|
|
|
|
|
rtx insn, before;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
rtx prev = PREV_INSN (before);
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
basic_block bb;
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (optimize && INSN_DELETED_P (before))
|
|
|
|
|
abort ();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PREV_INSN (insn) = prev;
|
|
|
|
|
NEXT_INSN (insn) = before;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (prev)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
NEXT_INSN (prev) = insn;
|
|
|
|
|
if (GET_CODE (prev) == INSN && GET_CODE (PATTERN (prev)) == SEQUENCE)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
rtx sequence = PATTERN (prev);
|
|
|
|
|
NEXT_INSN (XVECEXP (sequence, 0, XVECLEN (sequence, 0) - 1)) = insn;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else if (first_insn == before)
|
|
|
|
|
first_insn = insn;
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
struct sequence_stack *stack = seq_stack;
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* Scan all pending sequences too. */
|
|
|
|
|
for (; stack; stack = stack->next)
|
|
|
|
|
if (before == stack->first)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
stack->first = insn;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (stack == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
abort ();
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
if (basic_block_for_insn
|
2002-05-09 20:02:13 +00:00
|
|
|
|
&& (unsigned int) INSN_UID (before) < basic_block_for_insn->num_elements
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
&& (bb = BLOCK_FOR_INSN (before)))
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
set_block_for_insn (insn, bb);
|
|
|
|
|
/* Should not happen as first in the BB is always
|
|
|
|
|
either NOTE or LABEl. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (bb->head == insn
|
|
|
|
|
/* Avoid clobbering of structure when creating new BB. */
|
|
|
|
|
&& GET_CODE (insn) != BARRIER
|
|
|
|
|
&& (GET_CODE (insn) != NOTE
|
|
|
|
|
|| NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn) != NOTE_INSN_BASIC_BLOCK))
|
|
|
|
|
abort ();
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
PREV_INSN (before) = insn;
|
|
|
|
|
if (GET_CODE (before) == INSN && GET_CODE (PATTERN (before)) == SEQUENCE)
|
|
|
|
|
PREV_INSN (XVECEXP (PATTERN (before), 0, 0)) = insn;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
1999-10-16 06:09:09 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* Remove an insn from its doubly-linked list. This function knows how
|
|
|
|
|
to handle sequences. */
|
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
|
remove_insn (insn)
|
|
|
|
|
rtx insn;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
rtx next = NEXT_INSN (insn);
|
|
|
|
|
rtx prev = PREV_INSN (insn);
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
basic_block bb;
|
|
|
|
|
|
1999-10-16 06:09:09 +00:00
|
|
|
|
if (prev)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
NEXT_INSN (prev) = next;
|
|
|
|
|
if (GET_CODE (prev) == INSN && GET_CODE (PATTERN (prev)) == SEQUENCE)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
rtx sequence = PATTERN (prev);
|
|
|
|
|
NEXT_INSN (XVECEXP (sequence, 0, XVECLEN (sequence, 0) - 1)) = next;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else if (first_insn == insn)
|
|
|
|
|
first_insn = next;
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
struct sequence_stack *stack = seq_stack;
|
1999-10-16 06:09:09 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* Scan all pending sequences too. */
|
|
|
|
|
for (; stack; stack = stack->next)
|
|
|
|
|
if (insn == stack->first)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
stack->first = next;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (stack == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
abort ();
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (next)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
PREV_INSN (next) = prev;
|
|
|
|
|
if (GET_CODE (next) == INSN && GET_CODE (PATTERN (next)) == SEQUENCE)
|
|
|
|
|
PREV_INSN (XVECEXP (PATTERN (next), 0, 0)) = prev;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else if (last_insn == insn)
|
|
|
|
|
last_insn = prev;
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
struct sequence_stack *stack = seq_stack;
|
1999-10-16 06:09:09 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* Scan all pending sequences too. */
|
|
|
|
|
for (; stack; stack = stack->next)
|
|
|
|
|
if (insn == stack->last)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
stack->last = prev;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (stack == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
abort ();
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
if (basic_block_for_insn
|
2002-05-09 20:02:13 +00:00
|
|
|
|
&& (unsigned int) INSN_UID (insn) < basic_block_for_insn->num_elements
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
&& (bb = BLOCK_FOR_INSN (insn)))
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (bb->head == insn)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2002-05-09 20:02:13 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* Never ever delete the basic block note without deleting whole
|
|
|
|
|
basic block. */
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
if (GET_CODE (insn) == NOTE)
|
|
|
|
|
abort ();
|
|
|
|
|
bb->head = next;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
if (bb->end == insn)
|
|
|
|
|
bb->end = prev;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
1999-10-16 06:09:09 +00:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* Delete all insns made since FROM.
|
|
|
|
|
FROM becomes the new last instruction. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
|
delete_insns_since (from)
|
|
|
|
|
rtx from;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (from == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
first_insn = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
NEXT_INSN (from) = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
last_insn = from;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* This function is deprecated, please use sequences instead.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Move a consecutive bunch of insns to a different place in the chain.
|
|
|
|
|
The insns to be moved are those between FROM and TO.
|
|
|
|
|
They are moved to a new position after the insn AFTER.
|
|
|
|
|
AFTER must not be FROM or TO or any insn in between.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This function does not know about SEQUENCEs and hence should not be
|
|
|
|
|
called after delay-slot filling has been done. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
reorder_insns_nobb (from, to, after)
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
rtx from, to, after;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* Splice this bunch out of where it is now. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (PREV_INSN (from))
|
|
|
|
|
NEXT_INSN (PREV_INSN (from)) = NEXT_INSN (to);
|
|
|
|
|
if (NEXT_INSN (to))
|
|
|
|
|
PREV_INSN (NEXT_INSN (to)) = PREV_INSN (from);
|
|
|
|
|
if (last_insn == to)
|
|
|
|
|
last_insn = PREV_INSN (from);
|
|
|
|
|
if (first_insn == from)
|
|
|
|
|
first_insn = NEXT_INSN (to);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Make the new neighbors point to it and it to them. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (NEXT_INSN (after))
|
|
|
|
|
PREV_INSN (NEXT_INSN (after)) = to;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NEXT_INSN (to) = NEXT_INSN (after);
|
|
|
|
|
PREV_INSN (from) = after;
|
|
|
|
|
NEXT_INSN (after) = from;
|
|
|
|
|
if (after == last_insn)
|
|
|
|
|
last_insn = to;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* Same as function above, but take care to update BB boundaries. */
|
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
|
reorder_insns (from, to, after)
|
|
|
|
|
rtx from, to, after;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
rtx prev = PREV_INSN (from);
|
|
|
|
|
basic_block bb, bb2;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
reorder_insns_nobb (from, to, after);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (basic_block_for_insn
|
2002-05-09 20:02:13 +00:00
|
|
|
|
&& (unsigned int) INSN_UID (after) < basic_block_for_insn->num_elements
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
&& (bb = BLOCK_FOR_INSN (after)))
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
rtx x;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (basic_block_for_insn
|
2002-05-09 20:02:13 +00:00
|
|
|
|
&& ((unsigned int) INSN_UID (from)
|
|
|
|
|
< basic_block_for_insn->num_elements)
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
&& (bb2 = BLOCK_FOR_INSN (from)))
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (bb2->end == to)
|
|
|
|
|
bb2->end = prev;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (bb->end == after)
|
|
|
|
|
bb->end = to;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for (x = from; x != NEXT_INSN (to); x = NEXT_INSN (x))
|
|
|
|
|
set_block_for_insn (x, bb);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* Return the line note insn preceding INSN. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static rtx
|
|
|
|
|
find_line_note (insn)
|
|
|
|
|
rtx insn;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (no_line_numbers)
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for (; insn; insn = PREV_INSN (insn))
|
|
|
|
|
if (GET_CODE (insn) == NOTE
|
|
|
|
|
&& NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn) >= 0)
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return insn;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Like reorder_insns, but inserts line notes to preserve the line numbers
|
|
|
|
|
of the moved insns when debugging. This may insert a note between AFTER
|
|
|
|
|
and FROM, and another one after TO. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
|
reorder_insns_with_line_notes (from, to, after)
|
|
|
|
|
rtx from, to, after;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
rtx from_line = find_line_note (from);
|
|
|
|
|
rtx after_line = find_line_note (after);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
reorder_insns (from, to, after);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (from_line == after_line)
|
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (from_line)
|
|
|
|
|
emit_line_note_after (NOTE_SOURCE_FILE (from_line),
|
|
|
|
|
NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (from_line),
|
|
|
|
|
after);
|
|
|
|
|
if (after_line)
|
|
|
|
|
emit_line_note_after (NOTE_SOURCE_FILE (after_line),
|
|
|
|
|
NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (after_line),
|
|
|
|
|
to);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Remove unnecessary notes from the instruction stream. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
|
remove_unnecessary_notes ()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
rtx block_stack = NULL_RTX;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx eh_stack = NULL_RTX;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx insn;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx next;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx tmp;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* We must not remove the first instruction in the function because
|
|
|
|
|
the compiler depends on the first instruction being a note. */
|
|
|
|
|
for (insn = NEXT_INSN (get_insns ()); insn; insn = next)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* Remember what's next. */
|
|
|
|
|
next = NEXT_INSN (insn);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* We're only interested in notes. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (GET_CODE (insn) != NOTE)
|
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
switch (NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn))
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
case NOTE_INSN_DELETED:
|
|
|
|
|
case NOTE_INSN_LOOP_END_TOP_COND:
|
|
|
|
|
remove_insn (insn);
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case NOTE_INSN_EH_REGION_BEG:
|
|
|
|
|
eh_stack = alloc_INSN_LIST (insn, eh_stack);
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case NOTE_INSN_EH_REGION_END:
|
|
|
|
|
/* Too many end notes. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (eh_stack == NULL_RTX)
|
|
|
|
|
abort ();
|
|
|
|
|
/* Mismatched nesting. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (NOTE_EH_HANDLER (XEXP (eh_stack, 0)) != NOTE_EH_HANDLER (insn))
|
|
|
|
|
abort ();
|
|
|
|
|
tmp = eh_stack;
|
|
|
|
|
eh_stack = XEXP (eh_stack, 1);
|
|
|
|
|
free_INSN_LIST_node (tmp);
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case NOTE_INSN_BLOCK_BEG:
|
|
|
|
|
/* By now, all notes indicating lexical blocks should have
|
|
|
|
|
NOTE_BLOCK filled in. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (NOTE_BLOCK (insn) == NULL_TREE)
|
|
|
|
|
abort ();
|
|
|
|
|
block_stack = alloc_INSN_LIST (insn, block_stack);
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case NOTE_INSN_BLOCK_END:
|
|
|
|
|
/* Too many end notes. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (block_stack == NULL_RTX)
|
|
|
|
|
abort ();
|
|
|
|
|
/* Mismatched nesting. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (NOTE_BLOCK (XEXP (block_stack, 0)) != NOTE_BLOCK (insn))
|
|
|
|
|
abort ();
|
|
|
|
|
tmp = block_stack;
|
|
|
|
|
block_stack = XEXP (block_stack, 1);
|
|
|
|
|
free_INSN_LIST_node (tmp);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Scan back to see if there are any non-note instructions
|
|
|
|
|
between INSN and the beginning of this block. If not,
|
|
|
|
|
then there is no PC range in the generated code that will
|
|
|
|
|
actually be in this block, so there's no point in
|
|
|
|
|
remembering the existence of the block. */
|
|
|
|
|
for (tmp = PREV_INSN (insn); tmp ; tmp = PREV_INSN (tmp))
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* This block contains a real instruction. Note that we
|
|
|
|
|
don't include labels; if the only thing in the block
|
|
|
|
|
is a label, then there are still no PC values that
|
|
|
|
|
lie within the block. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (INSN_P (tmp))
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* We're only interested in NOTEs. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (GET_CODE (tmp) != NOTE)
|
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (tmp) == NOTE_INSN_BLOCK_BEG)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* We just verified that this BLOCK matches us with
|
|
|
|
|
the block_stack check above. Never delete the
|
|
|
|
|
BLOCK for the outermost scope of the function; we
|
|
|
|
|
can refer to names from that scope even if the
|
|
|
|
|
block notes are messed up. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (! is_body_block (NOTE_BLOCK (insn))
|
|
|
|
|
&& (*debug_hooks->ignore_block) (NOTE_BLOCK (insn)))
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
remove_insn (tmp);
|
|
|
|
|
remove_insn (insn);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else if (NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (tmp) == NOTE_INSN_BLOCK_END)
|
|
|
|
|
/* There's a nested block. We need to leave the
|
|
|
|
|
current block in place since otherwise the debugger
|
|
|
|
|
wouldn't be able to show symbols from our block in
|
|
|
|
|
the nested block. */
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Too many begin notes. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (block_stack || eh_stack)
|
|
|
|
|
abort ();
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Emit an insn of given code and pattern
|
|
|
|
|
at a specified place within the doubly-linked list. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Make an instruction with body PATTERN
|
|
|
|
|
and output it before the instruction BEFORE. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rtx
|
|
|
|
|
emit_insn_before (pattern, before)
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
rtx pattern, before;
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
rtx insn = before;
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (GET_CODE (pattern) == SEQUENCE)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
int i;
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < XVECLEN (pattern, 0); i++)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
insn = XVECEXP (pattern, 0, i);
|
|
|
|
|
add_insn_before (insn, before);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
insn = make_insn_raw (pattern);
|
|
|
|
|
add_insn_before (insn, before);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return insn;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Make an instruction with body PATTERN and code JUMP_INSN
|
|
|
|
|
and output it before the instruction BEFORE. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rtx
|
|
|
|
|
emit_jump_insn_before (pattern, before)
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
rtx pattern, before;
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
rtx insn;
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (GET_CODE (pattern) == SEQUENCE)
|
|
|
|
|
insn = emit_insn_before (pattern, before);
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
insn = make_jump_insn_raw (pattern);
|
|
|
|
|
add_insn_before (insn, before);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return insn;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Make an instruction with body PATTERN and code CALL_INSN
|
|
|
|
|
and output it before the instruction BEFORE. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rtx
|
|
|
|
|
emit_call_insn_before (pattern, before)
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
rtx pattern, before;
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
rtx insn;
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (GET_CODE (pattern) == SEQUENCE)
|
|
|
|
|
insn = emit_insn_before (pattern, before);
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
insn = make_call_insn_raw (pattern);
|
|
|
|
|
add_insn_before (insn, before);
|
|
|
|
|
PUT_CODE (insn, CALL_INSN);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return insn;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Make an insn of code BARRIER
|
1999-10-16 06:09:09 +00:00
|
|
|
|
and output it before the insn BEFORE. */
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rtx
|
|
|
|
|
emit_barrier_before (before)
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
rtx before;
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
rtx insn = rtx_alloc (BARRIER);
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
INSN_UID (insn) = cur_insn_uid++;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
add_insn_before (insn, before);
|
|
|
|
|
return insn;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
1999-10-16 06:09:09 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* Emit the label LABEL before the insn BEFORE. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rtx
|
|
|
|
|
emit_label_before (label, before)
|
|
|
|
|
rtx label, before;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* This can be called twice for the same label as a result of the
|
|
|
|
|
confusion that follows a syntax error! So make it harmless. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (INSN_UID (label) == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
INSN_UID (label) = cur_insn_uid++;
|
|
|
|
|
add_insn_before (label, before);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return label;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* Emit a note of subtype SUBTYPE before the insn BEFORE. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rtx
|
|
|
|
|
emit_note_before (subtype, before)
|
|
|
|
|
int subtype;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx before;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
rtx note = rtx_alloc (NOTE);
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
INSN_UID (note) = cur_insn_uid++;
|
|
|
|
|
NOTE_SOURCE_FILE (note) = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (note) = subtype;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
add_insn_before (note, before);
|
|
|
|
|
return note;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Make an insn of code INSN with body PATTERN
|
|
|
|
|
and output it after the insn AFTER. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rtx
|
|
|
|
|
emit_insn_after (pattern, after)
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
rtx pattern, after;
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
rtx insn = after;
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (GET_CODE (pattern) == SEQUENCE)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
int i;
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < XVECLEN (pattern, 0); i++)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
insn = XVECEXP (pattern, 0, i);
|
|
|
|
|
add_insn_after (insn, after);
|
|
|
|
|
after = insn;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
insn = make_insn_raw (pattern);
|
|
|
|
|
add_insn_after (insn, after);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return insn;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Similar to emit_insn_after, except that line notes are to be inserted so
|
|
|
|
|
as to act as if this insn were at FROM. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
|
emit_insn_after_with_line_notes (pattern, after, from)
|
|
|
|
|
rtx pattern, after, from;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
rtx from_line = find_line_note (from);
|
|
|
|
|
rtx after_line = find_line_note (after);
|
|
|
|
|
rtx insn = emit_insn_after (pattern, after);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (from_line)
|
|
|
|
|
emit_line_note_after (NOTE_SOURCE_FILE (from_line),
|
|
|
|
|
NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (from_line),
|
|
|
|
|
after);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (after_line)
|
|
|
|
|
emit_line_note_after (NOTE_SOURCE_FILE (after_line),
|
|
|
|
|
NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (after_line),
|
|
|
|
|
insn);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Make an insn of code JUMP_INSN with body PATTERN
|
|
|
|
|
and output it after the insn AFTER. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rtx
|
|
|
|
|
emit_jump_insn_after (pattern, after)
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
rtx pattern, after;
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
rtx insn;
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (GET_CODE (pattern) == SEQUENCE)
|
|
|
|
|
insn = emit_insn_after (pattern, after);
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
insn = make_jump_insn_raw (pattern);
|
|
|
|
|
add_insn_after (insn, after);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return insn;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Make an insn of code BARRIER
|
|
|
|
|
and output it after the insn AFTER. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rtx
|
|
|
|
|
emit_barrier_after (after)
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
rtx after;
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
rtx insn = rtx_alloc (BARRIER);
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
INSN_UID (insn) = cur_insn_uid++;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
add_insn_after (insn, after);
|
|
|
|
|
return insn;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Emit the label LABEL after the insn AFTER. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rtx
|
|
|
|
|
emit_label_after (label, after)
|
|
|
|
|
rtx label, after;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* This can be called twice for the same label
|
|
|
|
|
as a result of the confusion that follows a syntax error!
|
|
|
|
|
So make it harmless. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (INSN_UID (label) == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
INSN_UID (label) = cur_insn_uid++;
|
|
|
|
|
add_insn_after (label, after);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return label;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Emit a note of subtype SUBTYPE after the insn AFTER. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rtx
|
|
|
|
|
emit_note_after (subtype, after)
|
|
|
|
|
int subtype;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx after;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
rtx note = rtx_alloc (NOTE);
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
INSN_UID (note) = cur_insn_uid++;
|
|
|
|
|
NOTE_SOURCE_FILE (note) = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (note) = subtype;
|
|
|
|
|
add_insn_after (note, after);
|
|
|
|
|
return note;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Emit a line note for FILE and LINE after the insn AFTER. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rtx
|
|
|
|
|
emit_line_note_after (file, line, after)
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
const char *file;
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
int line;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx after;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
rtx note;
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (no_line_numbers && line > 0)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
cur_insn_uid++;
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
note = rtx_alloc (NOTE);
|
|
|
|
|
INSN_UID (note) = cur_insn_uid++;
|
|
|
|
|
NOTE_SOURCE_FILE (note) = file;
|
|
|
|
|
NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (note) = line;
|
|
|
|
|
add_insn_after (note, after);
|
|
|
|
|
return note;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Make an insn of code INSN with pattern PATTERN
|
|
|
|
|
and add it to the end of the doubly-linked list.
|
|
|
|
|
If PATTERN is a SEQUENCE, take the elements of it
|
|
|
|
|
and emit an insn for each element.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Returns the last insn emitted. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rtx
|
|
|
|
|
emit_insn (pattern)
|
|
|
|
|
rtx pattern;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
rtx insn = last_insn;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (GET_CODE (pattern) == SEQUENCE)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
int i;
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < XVECLEN (pattern, 0); i++)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
insn = XVECEXP (pattern, 0, i);
|
|
|
|
|
add_insn (insn);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
insn = make_insn_raw (pattern);
|
|
|
|
|
add_insn (insn);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return insn;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Emit the insns in a chain starting with INSN.
|
|
|
|
|
Return the last insn emitted. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rtx
|
|
|
|
|
emit_insns (insn)
|
|
|
|
|
rtx insn;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
rtx last = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
while (insn)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
rtx next = NEXT_INSN (insn);
|
|
|
|
|
add_insn (insn);
|
|
|
|
|
last = insn;
|
|
|
|
|
insn = next;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return last;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Emit the insns in a chain starting with INSN and place them in front of
|
|
|
|
|
the insn BEFORE. Return the last insn emitted. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rtx
|
|
|
|
|
emit_insns_before (insn, before)
|
|
|
|
|
rtx insn;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx before;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
rtx last = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
while (insn)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
rtx next = NEXT_INSN (insn);
|
|
|
|
|
add_insn_before (insn, before);
|
|
|
|
|
last = insn;
|
|
|
|
|
insn = next;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return last;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Emit the insns in a chain starting with FIRST and place them in back of
|
|
|
|
|
the insn AFTER. Return the last insn emitted. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rtx
|
|
|
|
|
emit_insns_after (first, after)
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
rtx first;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx after;
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
rtx last;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx after_after;
|
|
|
|
|
basic_block bb;
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (!after)
|
|
|
|
|
abort ();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (!first)
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
return after;
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
if (basic_block_for_insn
|
2002-05-09 20:02:13 +00:00
|
|
|
|
&& (unsigned int) INSN_UID (after) < basic_block_for_insn->num_elements
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
&& (bb = BLOCK_FOR_INSN (after)))
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
for (last = first; NEXT_INSN (last); last = NEXT_INSN (last))
|
|
|
|
|
set_block_for_insn (last, bb);
|
|
|
|
|
set_block_for_insn (last, bb);
|
|
|
|
|
if (bb->end == after)
|
|
|
|
|
bb->end = last;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
for (last = first; NEXT_INSN (last); last = NEXT_INSN (last))
|
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
after_after = NEXT_INSN (after);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NEXT_INSN (after) = first;
|
|
|
|
|
PREV_INSN (first) = after;
|
|
|
|
|
NEXT_INSN (last) = after_after;
|
|
|
|
|
if (after_after)
|
|
|
|
|
PREV_INSN (after_after) = last;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (after == last_insn)
|
|
|
|
|
last_insn = last;
|
|
|
|
|
return last;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Make an insn of code JUMP_INSN with pattern PATTERN
|
|
|
|
|
and add it to the end of the doubly-linked list. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rtx
|
|
|
|
|
emit_jump_insn (pattern)
|
|
|
|
|
rtx pattern;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (GET_CODE (pattern) == SEQUENCE)
|
|
|
|
|
return emit_insn (pattern);
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
rtx insn = make_jump_insn_raw (pattern);
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
add_insn (insn);
|
|
|
|
|
return insn;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Make an insn of code CALL_INSN with pattern PATTERN
|
|
|
|
|
and add it to the end of the doubly-linked list. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rtx
|
|
|
|
|
emit_call_insn (pattern)
|
|
|
|
|
rtx pattern;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (GET_CODE (pattern) == SEQUENCE)
|
|
|
|
|
return emit_insn (pattern);
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
rtx insn = make_call_insn_raw (pattern);
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
add_insn (insn);
|
|
|
|
|
PUT_CODE (insn, CALL_INSN);
|
|
|
|
|
return insn;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Add the label LABEL to the end of the doubly-linked list. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rtx
|
|
|
|
|
emit_label (label)
|
|
|
|
|
rtx label;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* This can be called twice for the same label
|
|
|
|
|
as a result of the confusion that follows a syntax error!
|
|
|
|
|
So make it harmless. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (INSN_UID (label) == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
INSN_UID (label) = cur_insn_uid++;
|
|
|
|
|
add_insn (label);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
return label;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Make an insn of code BARRIER
|
|
|
|
|
and add it to the end of the doubly-linked list. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rtx
|
|
|
|
|
emit_barrier ()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
rtx barrier = rtx_alloc (BARRIER);
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
INSN_UID (barrier) = cur_insn_uid++;
|
|
|
|
|
add_insn (barrier);
|
|
|
|
|
return barrier;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Make an insn of code NOTE
|
|
|
|
|
with data-fields specified by FILE and LINE
|
|
|
|
|
and add it to the end of the doubly-linked list,
|
|
|
|
|
but only if line-numbers are desired for debugging info. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rtx
|
|
|
|
|
emit_line_note (file, line)
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
const char *file;
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
int line;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
set_file_and_line_for_stmt (file, line);
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#if 0
|
|
|
|
|
if (no_line_numbers)
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return emit_note (file, line);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Make an insn of code NOTE
|
|
|
|
|
with data-fields specified by FILE and LINE
|
|
|
|
|
and add it to the end of the doubly-linked list.
|
|
|
|
|
If it is a line-number NOTE, omit it if it matches the previous one. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rtx
|
|
|
|
|
emit_note (file, line)
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
const char *file;
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
int line;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
rtx note;
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (line > 0)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (file && last_filename && !strcmp (file, last_filename)
|
|
|
|
|
&& line == last_linenum)
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
last_filename = file;
|
|
|
|
|
last_linenum = line;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (no_line_numbers && line > 0)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
cur_insn_uid++;
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
note = rtx_alloc (NOTE);
|
|
|
|
|
INSN_UID (note) = cur_insn_uid++;
|
|
|
|
|
NOTE_SOURCE_FILE (note) = file;
|
|
|
|
|
NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (note) = line;
|
|
|
|
|
add_insn (note);
|
|
|
|
|
return note;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
1999-10-16 06:09:09 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* Emit a NOTE, and don't omit it even if LINE is the previous note. */
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rtx
|
|
|
|
|
emit_line_note_force (file, line)
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
const char *file;
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
int line;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
last_linenum = -1;
|
|
|
|
|
return emit_line_note (file, line);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Cause next statement to emit a line note even if the line number
|
|
|
|
|
has not changed. This is used at the beginning of a function. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
|
force_next_line_note ()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
last_linenum = -1;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
1999-10-16 06:09:09 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Place a note of KIND on insn INSN with DATUM as the datum. If a
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
note of this type already exists, remove it first. */
|
1999-10-16 06:09:09 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
rtx
|
1999-10-16 06:09:09 +00:00
|
|
|
|
set_unique_reg_note (insn, kind, datum)
|
|
|
|
|
rtx insn;
|
|
|
|
|
enum reg_note kind;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx datum;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
rtx note = find_reg_note (insn, kind, NULL_RTX);
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
switch (kind)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
case REG_EQUAL:
|
|
|
|
|
case REG_EQUIV:
|
|
|
|
|
/* Don't add REG_EQUAL/REG_EQUIV notes if the insn
|
|
|
|
|
has multiple sets (some callers assume single_set
|
|
|
|
|
means the insn only has one set, when in fact it
|
|
|
|
|
means the insn only has one * useful * set). */
|
|
|
|
|
if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == PARALLEL && multiple_sets (insn))
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (note)
|
|
|
|
|
abort ();
|
|
|
|
|
return NULL_RTX;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Don't add ASM_OPERAND REG_EQUAL/REG_EQUIV notes.
|
|
|
|
|
It serves no useful purpose and breaks eliminate_regs. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (GET_CODE (datum) == ASM_OPERANDS)
|
|
|
|
|
return NULL_RTX;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (note)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
XEXP (note, 0) = datum;
|
|
|
|
|
return note;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
1999-10-16 06:09:09 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
REG_NOTES (insn) = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (kind, datum, REG_NOTES (insn));
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
return REG_NOTES (insn);
|
1999-10-16 06:09:09 +00:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Return an indication of which type of insn should have X as a body.
|
|
|
|
|
The value is CODE_LABEL, INSN, CALL_INSN or JUMP_INSN. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
enum rtx_code
|
|
|
|
|
classify_insn (x)
|
|
|
|
|
rtx x;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (GET_CODE (x) == CODE_LABEL)
|
|
|
|
|
return CODE_LABEL;
|
|
|
|
|
if (GET_CODE (x) == CALL)
|
|
|
|
|
return CALL_INSN;
|
|
|
|
|
if (GET_CODE (x) == RETURN)
|
|
|
|
|
return JUMP_INSN;
|
|
|
|
|
if (GET_CODE (x) == SET)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (SET_DEST (x) == pc_rtx)
|
|
|
|
|
return JUMP_INSN;
|
|
|
|
|
else if (GET_CODE (SET_SRC (x)) == CALL)
|
|
|
|
|
return CALL_INSN;
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
return INSN;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
if (GET_CODE (x) == PARALLEL)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
int j;
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
for (j = XVECLEN (x, 0) - 1; j >= 0; j--)
|
|
|
|
|
if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (x, 0, j)) == CALL)
|
|
|
|
|
return CALL_INSN;
|
|
|
|
|
else if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (x, 0, j)) == SET
|
|
|
|
|
&& SET_DEST (XVECEXP (x, 0, j)) == pc_rtx)
|
|
|
|
|
return JUMP_INSN;
|
|
|
|
|
else if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (x, 0, j)) == SET
|
|
|
|
|
&& GET_CODE (SET_SRC (XVECEXP (x, 0, j))) == CALL)
|
|
|
|
|
return CALL_INSN;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
return INSN;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Emit the rtl pattern X as an appropriate kind of insn.
|
|
|
|
|
If X is a label, it is simply added into the insn chain. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rtx
|
|
|
|
|
emit (x)
|
|
|
|
|
rtx x;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
enum rtx_code code = classify_insn (x);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (code == CODE_LABEL)
|
|
|
|
|
return emit_label (x);
|
|
|
|
|
else if (code == INSN)
|
|
|
|
|
return emit_insn (x);
|
|
|
|
|
else if (code == JUMP_INSN)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
rtx insn = emit_jump_insn (x);
|
|
|
|
|
if (any_uncondjump_p (insn) || GET_CODE (x) == RETURN)
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
return emit_barrier ();
|
|
|
|
|
return insn;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else if (code == CALL_INSN)
|
|
|
|
|
return emit_call_insn (x);
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
abort ();
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
1999-10-16 06:09:09 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* Begin emitting insns to a sequence which can be packaged in an
|
|
|
|
|
RTL_EXPR. If this sequence will contain something that might cause
|
|
|
|
|
the compiler to pop arguments to function calls (because those
|
|
|
|
|
pops have previously been deferred; see INHIBIT_DEFER_POP for more
|
|
|
|
|
details), use do_pending_stack_adjust before calling this function.
|
|
|
|
|
That will ensure that the deferred pops are not accidentally
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
emitted in the middle of this sequence. */
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
|
start_sequence ()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct sequence_stack *tem;
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
tem = (struct sequence_stack *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct sequence_stack));
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
tem->next = seq_stack;
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
tem->first = first_insn;
|
|
|
|
|
tem->last = last_insn;
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
tem->sequence_rtl_expr = seq_rtl_expr;
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
seq_stack = tem;
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
first_insn = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
last_insn = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
1999-10-16 06:09:09 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* Similarly, but indicate that this sequence will be placed in T, an
|
|
|
|
|
RTL_EXPR. See the documentation for start_sequence for more
|
|
|
|
|
information about how to use this function. */
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
|
start_sequence_for_rtl_expr (t)
|
|
|
|
|
tree t;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
start_sequence ();
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
seq_rtl_expr = t;
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
1999-10-16 06:09:09 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* Set up the insn chain starting with FIRST as the current sequence,
|
|
|
|
|
saving the previously current one. See the documentation for
|
|
|
|
|
start_sequence for more information about how to use this function. */
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
|
push_to_sequence (first)
|
|
|
|
|
rtx first;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
rtx last;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
start_sequence ();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for (last = first; last && NEXT_INSN (last); last = NEXT_INSN (last));
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
first_insn = first;
|
|
|
|
|
last_insn = last;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* Set up the insn chain from a chain stort in FIRST to LAST. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
|
push_to_full_sequence (first, last)
|
|
|
|
|
rtx first, last;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
start_sequence ();
|
|
|
|
|
first_insn = first;
|
|
|
|
|
last_insn = last;
|
|
|
|
|
/* We really should have the end of the insn chain here. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (last && NEXT_INSN (last))
|
|
|
|
|
abort ();
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* Set up the outer-level insn chain
|
|
|
|
|
as the current sequence, saving the previously current one. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
|
push_topmost_sequence ()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
struct sequence_stack *stack, *top = NULL;
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
start_sequence ();
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
for (stack = seq_stack; stack; stack = stack->next)
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
top = stack;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
first_insn = top->first;
|
|
|
|
|
last_insn = top->last;
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
seq_rtl_expr = top->sequence_rtl_expr;
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* After emitting to the outer-level insn chain, update the outer-level
|
|
|
|
|
insn chain, and restore the previous saved state. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
|
pop_topmost_sequence ()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
struct sequence_stack *stack, *top = NULL;
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
for (stack = seq_stack; stack; stack = stack->next)
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
top = stack;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
top->first = first_insn;
|
|
|
|
|
top->last = last_insn;
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* ??? Why don't we save seq_rtl_expr here? */
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
end_sequence ();
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* After emitting to a sequence, restore previous saved state.
|
|
|
|
|
|
1999-10-16 06:09:09 +00:00
|
|
|
|
To get the contents of the sequence just made, you must call
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
`gen_sequence' *before* calling here.
|
1999-10-16 06:09:09 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If the compiler might have deferred popping arguments while
|
|
|
|
|
generating this sequence, and this sequence will not be immediately
|
|
|
|
|
inserted into the instruction stream, use do_pending_stack_adjust
|
|
|
|
|
before calling gen_sequence. That will ensure that the deferred
|
|
|
|
|
pops are inserted into this sequence, and not into some random
|
|
|
|
|
location in the instruction stream. See INHIBIT_DEFER_POP for more
|
|
|
|
|
information about deferred popping of arguments. */
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
|
end_sequence ()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
struct sequence_stack *tem = seq_stack;
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
first_insn = tem->first;
|
|
|
|
|
last_insn = tem->last;
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
seq_rtl_expr = tem->sequence_rtl_expr;
|
|
|
|
|
seq_stack = tem->next;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
free (tem);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* This works like end_sequence, but records the old sequence in FIRST
|
|
|
|
|
and LAST. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
|
end_full_sequence (first, last)
|
|
|
|
|
rtx *first, *last;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
*first = first_insn;
|
|
|
|
|
*last = last_insn;
|
|
|
|
|
end_sequence();
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Return 1 if currently emitting into a sequence. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
int
|
|
|
|
|
in_sequence_p ()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
return seq_stack != 0;
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Generate a SEQUENCE rtx containing the insns already emitted
|
|
|
|
|
to the current sequence.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This is how the gen_... function from a DEFINE_EXPAND
|
|
|
|
|
constructs the SEQUENCE that it returns. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rtx
|
|
|
|
|
gen_sequence ()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
rtx result;
|
|
|
|
|
rtx tem;
|
|
|
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
|
int len;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Count the insns in the chain. */
|
|
|
|
|
len = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
for (tem = first_insn; tem; tem = NEXT_INSN (tem))
|
|
|
|
|
len++;
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* If only one insn, return it rather than a SEQUENCE.
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
(Now that we cache SEQUENCE expressions, it isn't worth special-casing
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
the case of an empty list.)
|
|
|
|
|
We only return the pattern of an insn if its code is INSN and it
|
|
|
|
|
has no notes. This ensures that no information gets lost. */
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
if (len == 1
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
&& ! RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (first_insn)
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
&& GET_CODE (first_insn) == INSN
|
|
|
|
|
/* Don't throw away any reg notes. */
|
|
|
|
|
&& REG_NOTES (first_insn) == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
return PATTERN (first_insn);
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
result = gen_rtx_SEQUENCE (VOIDmode, rtvec_alloc (len));
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0, tem = first_insn; tem; tem = NEXT_INSN (tem), i++)
|
|
|
|
|
XVECEXP (result, 0, i) = tem;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return result;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
1999-10-16 06:09:09 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* Put the various virtual registers into REGNO_REG_RTX. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
init_virtual_regs (es)
|
|
|
|
|
struct emit_status *es;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
rtx *ptr = es->x_regno_reg_rtx;
|
|
|
|
|
ptr[VIRTUAL_INCOMING_ARGS_REGNUM] = virtual_incoming_args_rtx;
|
|
|
|
|
ptr[VIRTUAL_STACK_VARS_REGNUM] = virtual_stack_vars_rtx;
|
|
|
|
|
ptr[VIRTUAL_STACK_DYNAMIC_REGNUM] = virtual_stack_dynamic_rtx;
|
|
|
|
|
ptr[VIRTUAL_OUTGOING_ARGS_REGNUM] = virtual_outgoing_args_rtx;
|
|
|
|
|
ptr[VIRTUAL_CFA_REGNUM] = virtual_cfa_rtx;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
|
clear_emit_caches ()
|
1999-10-16 06:09:09 +00:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Clear the start_sequence/gen_sequence cache. */
|
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < SEQUENCE_RESULT_SIZE; i++)
|
|
|
|
|
sequence_result[i] = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
free_insn = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Used by copy_insn_1 to avoid copying SCRATCHes more than once. */
|
|
|
|
|
static rtx copy_insn_scratch_in[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS];
|
|
|
|
|
static rtx copy_insn_scratch_out[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS];
|
|
|
|
|
static int copy_insn_n_scratches;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* When an insn is being copied by copy_insn_1, this is nonzero if we have
|
|
|
|
|
copied an ASM_OPERANDS.
|
|
|
|
|
In that case, it is the original input-operand vector. */
|
|
|
|
|
static rtvec orig_asm_operands_vector;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* When an insn is being copied by copy_insn_1, this is nonzero if we have
|
|
|
|
|
copied an ASM_OPERANDS.
|
|
|
|
|
In that case, it is the copied input-operand vector. */
|
|
|
|
|
static rtvec copy_asm_operands_vector;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Likewise for the constraints vector. */
|
|
|
|
|
static rtvec orig_asm_constraints_vector;
|
|
|
|
|
static rtvec copy_asm_constraints_vector;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Recursively create a new copy of an rtx for copy_insn.
|
|
|
|
|
This function differs from copy_rtx in that it handles SCRATCHes and
|
|
|
|
|
ASM_OPERANDs properly.
|
|
|
|
|
Normally, this function is not used directly; use copy_insn as front end.
|
|
|
|
|
However, you could first copy an insn pattern with copy_insn and then use
|
|
|
|
|
this function afterwards to properly copy any REG_NOTEs containing
|
|
|
|
|
SCRATCHes. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rtx
|
|
|
|
|
copy_insn_1 (orig)
|
|
|
|
|
rtx orig;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
rtx copy;
|
|
|
|
|
int i, j;
|
|
|
|
|
RTX_CODE code;
|
|
|
|
|
const char *format_ptr;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
code = GET_CODE (orig);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
switch (code)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
case REG:
|
|
|
|
|
case QUEUED:
|
|
|
|
|
case CONST_INT:
|
|
|
|
|
case CONST_DOUBLE:
|
2002-05-09 20:02:13 +00:00
|
|
|
|
case CONST_VECTOR:
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
case SYMBOL_REF:
|
|
|
|
|
case CODE_LABEL:
|
|
|
|
|
case PC:
|
|
|
|
|
case CC0:
|
|
|
|
|
case ADDRESSOF:
|
|
|
|
|
return orig;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case SCRATCH:
|
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < copy_insn_n_scratches; i++)
|
|
|
|
|
if (copy_insn_scratch_in[i] == orig)
|
|
|
|
|
return copy_insn_scratch_out[i];
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case CONST:
|
|
|
|
|
/* CONST can be shared if it contains a SYMBOL_REF. If it contains
|
|
|
|
|
a LABEL_REF, it isn't sharable. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (GET_CODE (XEXP (orig, 0)) == PLUS
|
|
|
|
|
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (orig, 0), 0)) == SYMBOL_REF
|
|
|
|
|
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (orig, 0), 1)) == CONST_INT)
|
|
|
|
|
return orig;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* A MEM with a constant address is not sharable. The problem is that
|
|
|
|
|
the constant address may need to be reloaded. If the mem is shared,
|
|
|
|
|
then reloading one copy of this mem will cause all copies to appear
|
|
|
|
|
to have been reloaded. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
copy = rtx_alloc (code);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Copy the various flags, and other information. We assume that
|
|
|
|
|
all fields need copying, and then clear the fields that should
|
|
|
|
|
not be copied. That is the sensible default behavior, and forces
|
|
|
|
|
us to explicitly document why we are *not* copying a flag. */
|
|
|
|
|
memcpy (copy, orig, sizeof (struct rtx_def) - sizeof (rtunion));
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* We do not copy the USED flag, which is used as a mark bit during
|
|
|
|
|
walks over the RTL. */
|
|
|
|
|
copy->used = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* We do not copy JUMP, CALL, or FRAME_RELATED for INSNs. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (GET_RTX_CLASS (code) == 'i')
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
copy->jump = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
copy->call = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
copy->frame_related = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
format_ptr = GET_RTX_FORMAT (GET_CODE (copy));
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < GET_RTX_LENGTH (GET_CODE (copy)); i++)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
copy->fld[i] = orig->fld[i];
|
|
|
|
|
switch (*format_ptr++)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
case 'e':
|
|
|
|
|
if (XEXP (orig, i) != NULL)
|
|
|
|
|
XEXP (copy, i) = copy_insn_1 (XEXP (orig, i));
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case 'E':
|
|
|
|
|
case 'V':
|
|
|
|
|
if (XVEC (orig, i) == orig_asm_constraints_vector)
|
|
|
|
|
XVEC (copy, i) = copy_asm_constraints_vector;
|
|
|
|
|
else if (XVEC (orig, i) == orig_asm_operands_vector)
|
|
|
|
|
XVEC (copy, i) = copy_asm_operands_vector;
|
|
|
|
|
else if (XVEC (orig, i) != NULL)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
XVEC (copy, i) = rtvec_alloc (XVECLEN (orig, i));
|
|
|
|
|
for (j = 0; j < XVECLEN (copy, i); j++)
|
|
|
|
|
XVECEXP (copy, i, j) = copy_insn_1 (XVECEXP (orig, i, j));
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case 't':
|
|
|
|
|
case 'w':
|
|
|
|
|
case 'i':
|
|
|
|
|
case 's':
|
|
|
|
|
case 'S':
|
|
|
|
|
case 'u':
|
|
|
|
|
case '0':
|
|
|
|
|
/* These are left unchanged. */
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
|
|
|
abort ();
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (code == SCRATCH)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
i = copy_insn_n_scratches++;
|
|
|
|
|
if (i >= MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS)
|
|
|
|
|
abort ();
|
|
|
|
|
copy_insn_scratch_in[i] = orig;
|
|
|
|
|
copy_insn_scratch_out[i] = copy;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else if (code == ASM_OPERANDS)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
orig_asm_operands_vector = ASM_OPERANDS_INPUT_VEC (orig);
|
|
|
|
|
copy_asm_operands_vector = ASM_OPERANDS_INPUT_VEC (copy);
|
|
|
|
|
orig_asm_constraints_vector = ASM_OPERANDS_INPUT_CONSTRAINT_VEC (orig);
|
|
|
|
|
copy_asm_constraints_vector = ASM_OPERANDS_INPUT_CONSTRAINT_VEC (copy);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return copy;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Create a new copy of an rtx.
|
|
|
|
|
This function differs from copy_rtx in that it handles SCRATCHes and
|
|
|
|
|
ASM_OPERANDs properly.
|
|
|
|
|
INSN doesn't really have to be a full INSN; it could be just the
|
|
|
|
|
pattern. */
|
|
|
|
|
rtx
|
|
|
|
|
copy_insn (insn)
|
|
|
|
|
rtx insn;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
copy_insn_n_scratches = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
orig_asm_operands_vector = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
orig_asm_constraints_vector = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
copy_asm_operands_vector = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
copy_asm_constraints_vector = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
return copy_insn_1 (insn);
|
1999-10-16 06:09:09 +00:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* Initialize data structures and variables in this file
|
|
|
|
|
before generating rtl for each function. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
|
init_emit ()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
struct function *f = cfun;
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
f->emit = (struct emit_status *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct emit_status));
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
first_insn = NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
last_insn = NULL;
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
seq_rtl_expr = NULL;
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
cur_insn_uid = 1;
|
|
|
|
|
reg_rtx_no = LAST_VIRTUAL_REGISTER + 1;
|
|
|
|
|
last_linenum = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
last_filename = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
first_label_num = label_num;
|
|
|
|
|
last_label_num = 0;
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
seq_stack = NULL;
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
clear_emit_caches ();
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Init the tables that describe all the pseudo regs. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
f->emit->regno_pointer_align_length = LAST_VIRTUAL_REGISTER + 101;
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
f->emit->regno_pointer_align
|
|
|
|
|
= (unsigned char *) xcalloc (f->emit->regno_pointer_align_length,
|
|
|
|
|
sizeof (unsigned char));
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
regno_reg_rtx
|
|
|
|
|
= (rtx *) xcalloc (f->emit->regno_pointer_align_length, sizeof (rtx));
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
f->emit->regno_decl
|
|
|
|
|
= (tree *) xcalloc (f->emit->regno_pointer_align_length, sizeof (tree));
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Put copies of all the virtual register rtx into regno_reg_rtx. */
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
init_virtual_regs (f->emit);
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Indicate that the virtual registers and stack locations are
|
|
|
|
|
all pointers. */
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
REG_POINTER (stack_pointer_rtx) = 1;
|
|
|
|
|
REG_POINTER (frame_pointer_rtx) = 1;
|
|
|
|
|
REG_POINTER (hard_frame_pointer_rtx) = 1;
|
|
|
|
|
REG_POINTER (arg_pointer_rtx) = 1;
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
REG_POINTER (virtual_incoming_args_rtx) = 1;
|
|
|
|
|
REG_POINTER (virtual_stack_vars_rtx) = 1;
|
|
|
|
|
REG_POINTER (virtual_stack_dynamic_rtx) = 1;
|
|
|
|
|
REG_POINTER (virtual_outgoing_args_rtx) = 1;
|
|
|
|
|
REG_POINTER (virtual_cfa_rtx) = 1;
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
#ifdef STACK_BOUNDARY
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
REGNO_POINTER_ALIGN (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM) = STACK_BOUNDARY;
|
|
|
|
|
REGNO_POINTER_ALIGN (FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM) = STACK_BOUNDARY;
|
|
|
|
|
REGNO_POINTER_ALIGN (HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM) = STACK_BOUNDARY;
|
|
|
|
|
REGNO_POINTER_ALIGN (ARG_POINTER_REGNUM) = STACK_BOUNDARY;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
REGNO_POINTER_ALIGN (VIRTUAL_INCOMING_ARGS_REGNUM) = STACK_BOUNDARY;
|
|
|
|
|
REGNO_POINTER_ALIGN (VIRTUAL_STACK_VARS_REGNUM) = STACK_BOUNDARY;
|
|
|
|
|
REGNO_POINTER_ALIGN (VIRTUAL_STACK_DYNAMIC_REGNUM) = STACK_BOUNDARY;
|
|
|
|
|
REGNO_POINTER_ALIGN (VIRTUAL_OUTGOING_ARGS_REGNUM) = STACK_BOUNDARY;
|
|
|
|
|
REGNO_POINTER_ALIGN (VIRTUAL_CFA_REGNUM) = BITS_PER_WORD;
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
#ifdef INIT_EXPANDERS
|
|
|
|
|
INIT_EXPANDERS;
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* Mark SS for GC. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
|
mark_sequence_stack (ss)
|
|
|
|
|
struct sequence_stack *ss;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
while (ss)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
ggc_mark_rtx (ss->first);
|
|
|
|
|
ggc_mark_tree (ss->sequence_rtl_expr);
|
|
|
|
|
ss = ss->next;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Mark ES for GC. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
|
mark_emit_status (es)
|
|
|
|
|
struct emit_status *es;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
rtx *r;
|
|
|
|
|
tree *t;
|
|
|
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (es == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for (i = es->regno_pointer_align_length, r = es->x_regno_reg_rtx,
|
|
|
|
|
t = es->regno_decl;
|
|
|
|
|
i > 0; --i, ++r, ++t)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
ggc_mark_rtx (*r);
|
|
|
|
|
ggc_mark_tree (*t);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
mark_sequence_stack (es->sequence_stack);
|
|
|
|
|
ggc_mark_tree (es->sequence_rtl_expr);
|
|
|
|
|
ggc_mark_rtx (es->x_first_insn);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-05-09 20:02:13 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* Generate the constant 0. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static rtx
|
|
|
|
|
gen_const_vector_0 (mode)
|
|
|
|
|
enum machine_mode mode;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
rtx tem;
|
|
|
|
|
rtvec v;
|
|
|
|
|
int units, i;
|
|
|
|
|
enum machine_mode inner;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
units = GET_MODE_NUNITS (mode);
|
|
|
|
|
inner = GET_MODE_INNER (mode);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
v = rtvec_alloc (units);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* We need to call this function after we to set CONST0_RTX first. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (!CONST0_RTX (inner))
|
|
|
|
|
abort ();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < units; ++i)
|
|
|
|
|
RTVEC_ELT (v, i) = CONST0_RTX (inner);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
tem = gen_rtx_CONST_VECTOR (mode, v);
|
|
|
|
|
return tem;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* Create some permanent unique rtl objects shared between all functions.
|
|
|
|
|
LINE_NUMBERS is nonzero if line numbers are to be generated. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
|
init_emit_once (line_numbers)
|
|
|
|
|
int line_numbers;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
|
enum machine_mode mode;
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
enum machine_mode double_mode;
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* Initialize the CONST_INT and memory attribute hash tables. */
|
|
|
|
|
const_int_htab = htab_create (37, const_int_htab_hash,
|
|
|
|
|
const_int_htab_eq, NULL);
|
|
|
|
|
ggc_add_deletable_htab (const_int_htab, 0, 0);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
mem_attrs_htab = htab_create (37, mem_attrs_htab_hash,
|
|
|
|
|
mem_attrs_htab_eq, NULL);
|
|
|
|
|
ggc_add_deletable_htab (mem_attrs_htab, 0, mem_attrs_mark);
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
no_line_numbers = ! line_numbers;
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Compute the word and byte modes. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
byte_mode = VOIDmode;
|
|
|
|
|
word_mode = VOIDmode;
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
double_mode = VOIDmode;
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for (mode = GET_CLASS_NARROWEST_MODE (MODE_INT); mode != VOIDmode;
|
|
|
|
|
mode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (mode))
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) == BITS_PER_UNIT
|
|
|
|
|
&& byte_mode == VOIDmode)
|
|
|
|
|
byte_mode = mode;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) == BITS_PER_WORD
|
|
|
|
|
&& word_mode == VOIDmode)
|
|
|
|
|
word_mode = mode;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
for (mode = GET_CLASS_NARROWEST_MODE (MODE_FLOAT); mode != VOIDmode;
|
|
|
|
|
mode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (mode))
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) == DOUBLE_TYPE_SIZE
|
|
|
|
|
&& double_mode == VOIDmode)
|
|
|
|
|
double_mode = mode;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
ptr_mode = mode_for_size (POINTER_SIZE, GET_MODE_CLASS (Pmode), 0);
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* Assign register numbers to the globally defined register rtx.
|
|
|
|
|
This must be done at runtime because the register number field
|
|
|
|
|
is in a union and some compilers can't initialize unions. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
pc_rtx = gen_rtx (PC, VOIDmode);
|
|
|
|
|
cc0_rtx = gen_rtx (CC0, VOIDmode);
|
|
|
|
|
stack_pointer_rtx = gen_raw_REG (Pmode, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
|
|
|
|
|
frame_pointer_rtx = gen_raw_REG (Pmode, FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM);
|
|
|
|
|
if (hard_frame_pointer_rtx == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
hard_frame_pointer_rtx = gen_raw_REG (Pmode,
|
|
|
|
|
HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM);
|
|
|
|
|
if (arg_pointer_rtx == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
arg_pointer_rtx = gen_raw_REG (Pmode, ARG_POINTER_REGNUM);
|
|
|
|
|
virtual_incoming_args_rtx =
|
|
|
|
|
gen_raw_REG (Pmode, VIRTUAL_INCOMING_ARGS_REGNUM);
|
|
|
|
|
virtual_stack_vars_rtx =
|
|
|
|
|
gen_raw_REG (Pmode, VIRTUAL_STACK_VARS_REGNUM);
|
|
|
|
|
virtual_stack_dynamic_rtx =
|
|
|
|
|
gen_raw_REG (Pmode, VIRTUAL_STACK_DYNAMIC_REGNUM);
|
|
|
|
|
virtual_outgoing_args_rtx =
|
|
|
|
|
gen_raw_REG (Pmode, VIRTUAL_OUTGOING_ARGS_REGNUM);
|
|
|
|
|
virtual_cfa_rtx = gen_raw_REG (Pmode, VIRTUAL_CFA_REGNUM);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* These rtx must be roots if GC is enabled. */
|
|
|
|
|
ggc_add_rtx_root (global_rtl, GR_MAX);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef INIT_EXPANDERS
|
|
|
|
|
/* This is to initialize {init|mark|free}_machine_status before the first
|
|
|
|
|
call to push_function_context_to. This is needed by the Chill front
|
|
|
|
|
end which calls push_function_context_to before the first call to
|
|
|
|
|
init_function_start. */
|
|
|
|
|
INIT_EXPANDERS;
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* Create the unique rtx's for certain rtx codes and operand values. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* Don't use gen_rtx here since gen_rtx in this case
|
|
|
|
|
tries to use these variables. */
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
for (i = - MAX_SAVED_CONST_INT; i <= MAX_SAVED_CONST_INT; i++)
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
const_int_rtx[i + MAX_SAVED_CONST_INT] =
|
2002-09-01 21:01:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
gen_rtx_raw_CONST_INT (VOIDmode, (HOST_WIDE_INT) i);
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
ggc_add_rtx_root (const_int_rtx, 2 * MAX_SAVED_CONST_INT + 1);
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
if (STORE_FLAG_VALUE >= - MAX_SAVED_CONST_INT
|
|
|
|
|
&& STORE_FLAG_VALUE <= MAX_SAVED_CONST_INT)
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
const_true_rtx = const_int_rtx[STORE_FLAG_VALUE + MAX_SAVED_CONST_INT];
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
const_true_rtx = gen_rtx_CONST_INT (VOIDmode, STORE_FLAG_VALUE);
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
dconst0 = REAL_VALUE_ATOF ("0", double_mode);
|
|
|
|
|
dconst1 = REAL_VALUE_ATOF ("1", double_mode);
|
|
|
|
|
dconst2 = REAL_VALUE_ATOF ("2", double_mode);
|
|
|
|
|
dconstm1 = REAL_VALUE_ATOF ("-1", double_mode);
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i <= 2; i++)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
for (mode = GET_CLASS_NARROWEST_MODE (MODE_FLOAT); mode != VOIDmode;
|
|
|
|
|
mode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (mode))
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
rtx tem = rtx_alloc (CONST_DOUBLE);
|
|
|
|
|
union real_extract u;
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* Zero any holes in a structure. */
|
|
|
|
|
memset ((char *) &u, 0, sizeof u);
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
u.d = i == 0 ? dconst0 : i == 1 ? dconst1 : dconst2;
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* Avoid trailing garbage in the rtx. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (sizeof (u) < sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT))
|
|
|
|
|
CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (tem) = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
if (sizeof (u) < 2 * sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT))
|
|
|
|
|
CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (tem) = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
memcpy (&CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (tem), &u, sizeof u);
|
|
|
|
|
CONST_DOUBLE_CHAIN (tem) = NULL_RTX;
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
PUT_MODE (tem, mode);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const_tiny_rtx[i][(int) mode] = tem;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const_tiny_rtx[i][(int) VOIDmode] = GEN_INT (i);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for (mode = GET_CLASS_NARROWEST_MODE (MODE_INT); mode != VOIDmode;
|
|
|
|
|
mode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (mode))
|
|
|
|
|
const_tiny_rtx[i][(int) mode] = GEN_INT (i);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for (mode = GET_CLASS_NARROWEST_MODE (MODE_PARTIAL_INT);
|
|
|
|
|
mode != VOIDmode;
|
|
|
|
|
mode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (mode))
|
|
|
|
|
const_tiny_rtx[i][(int) mode] = GEN_INT (i);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-05-09 20:02:13 +00:00
|
|
|
|
for (mode = GET_CLASS_NARROWEST_MODE (MODE_VECTOR_INT);
|
|
|
|
|
mode != VOIDmode;
|
|
|
|
|
mode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (mode))
|
|
|
|
|
const_tiny_rtx[0][(int) mode] = gen_const_vector_0 (mode);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for (mode = GET_CLASS_NARROWEST_MODE (MODE_VECTOR_FLOAT);
|
|
|
|
|
mode != VOIDmode;
|
|
|
|
|
mode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (mode))
|
|
|
|
|
const_tiny_rtx[0][(int) mode] = gen_const_vector_0 (mode);
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
for (i = (int) CCmode; i < (int) MAX_MACHINE_MODE; ++i)
|
|
|
|
|
if (GET_MODE_CLASS ((enum machine_mode) i) == MODE_CC)
|
|
|
|
|
const_tiny_rtx[0][i] = const0_rtx;
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
const_tiny_rtx[0][(int) BImode] = const0_rtx;
|
|
|
|
|
if (STORE_FLAG_VALUE == 1)
|
|
|
|
|
const_tiny_rtx[1][(int) BImode] = const1_rtx;
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
/* For bounded pointers, `&const_tiny_rtx[0][0]' is not the same as
|
|
|
|
|
`(rtx *) const_tiny_rtx'. The former has bounds that only cover
|
|
|
|
|
`const_tiny_rtx[0]', whereas the latter has bounds that cover all. */
|
|
|
|
|
ggc_add_rtx_root ((rtx *) const_tiny_rtx, sizeof const_tiny_rtx / sizeof (rtx));
|
|
|
|
|
ggc_add_rtx_root (&const_true_rtx, 1);
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef RETURN_ADDRESS_POINTER_REGNUM
|
|
|
|
|
return_address_pointer_rtx
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
= gen_raw_REG (Pmode, RETURN_ADDRESS_POINTER_REGNUM);
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef STRUCT_VALUE
|
|
|
|
|
struct_value_rtx = STRUCT_VALUE;
|
|
|
|
|
#else
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
struct_value_rtx = gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, STRUCT_VALUE_REGNUM);
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef STRUCT_VALUE_INCOMING
|
|
|
|
|
struct_value_incoming_rtx = STRUCT_VALUE_INCOMING;
|
|
|
|
|
#else
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef STRUCT_VALUE_INCOMING_REGNUM
|
|
|
|
|
struct_value_incoming_rtx
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
= gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, STRUCT_VALUE_INCOMING_REGNUM);
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
#else
|
|
|
|
|
struct_value_incoming_rtx = struct_value_rtx;
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
static_chain_rtx = gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM);
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef STATIC_CHAIN_INCOMING_REGNUM
|
|
|
|
|
if (STATIC_CHAIN_INCOMING_REGNUM != STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM)
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
static_chain_incoming_rtx
|
|
|
|
|
= gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, STATIC_CHAIN_INCOMING_REGNUM);
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
static_chain_incoming_rtx = static_chain_rtx;
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef STATIC_CHAIN
|
|
|
|
|
static_chain_rtx = STATIC_CHAIN;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef STATIC_CHAIN_INCOMING
|
|
|
|
|
static_chain_incoming_rtx = STATIC_CHAIN_INCOMING;
|
|
|
|
|
#else
|
|
|
|
|
static_chain_incoming_rtx = static_chain_rtx;
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
if (PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM != INVALID_REGNUM)
|
|
|
|
|
pic_offset_table_rtx = gen_raw_REG (Pmode, PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM);
|
1999-10-16 06:09:09 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-01 18:16:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
ggc_add_rtx_root (&pic_offset_table_rtx, 1);
|
|
|
|
|
ggc_add_rtx_root (&struct_value_rtx, 1);
|
|
|
|
|
ggc_add_rtx_root (&struct_value_incoming_rtx, 1);
|
|
|
|
|
ggc_add_rtx_root (&static_chain_rtx, 1);
|
|
|
|
|
ggc_add_rtx_root (&static_chain_incoming_rtx, 1);
|
|
|
|
|
ggc_add_rtx_root (&return_address_pointer_rtx, 1);
|
1996-09-18 05:35:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
1999-08-26 09:30:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Query and clear/ restore no_line_numbers. This is used by the
|
|
|
|
|
switch / case handling in stmt.c to give proper line numbers in
|
|
|
|
|
warnings about unreachable code. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
int
|
|
|
|
|
force_line_numbers ()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
int old = no_line_numbers;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
no_line_numbers = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
if (old)
|
|
|
|
|
force_next_line_note ();
|
|
|
|
|
return old;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
|
restore_line_number_status (old_value)
|
|
|
|
|
int old_value;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
no_line_numbers = old_value;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|